04.09.2018 Views

RIC-6946 The Comprehension Box 1 - Sample student cards

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Red 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Pets are animals we keep at home.<br />

Dogs and cats can be pets. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are fluffy, friendly and fun. My pet is<br />

different!<br />

My pet is small. It isn’t fluffy or<br />

friendly! It has no ears. It has no legs.<br />

It lives in a glass tank. Its eyes are<br />

small and beady. It has scales and<br />

eats mice. My pet’s name is Fang.<br />

Do you know what it is?<br />

My pet is a snake! It is such<br />

a cool pet. I love my pet!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (01)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 3 means a place<br />

where a fish or snake is kept?<br />

(a) cage<br />

(b) glass<br />

(c) tank<br />

2.<br />

Which is the best answer? <strong>The</strong> pet snake:<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

(a) has fur and is fun.<br />

(b) is playful and small.<br />

(c) has scales and two eyes.<br />

<strong>The</strong> snake’s eyes are:<br />

(a) beady.<br />

(b) round.<br />

(c) small and beady.<br />

This text is mainly about:<br />

(a) one person’s pet.<br />

(b) pets.<br />

(c) snakes.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks his or her pet is<br />

different because it:<br />

(a) is funny.<br />

(b) isn’t fluffy or friendly.<br />

(c) is called Fang.<br />

In Paragraph 5, it means:<br />

(a) the author.<br />

(b) the snake.<br />

(c) a mouse.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Think about what sort of<br />

animals can be pets. Make a<br />

list of pets.<br />

Write as many as you can!<br />

H Do you have a pet? If so,<br />

write what your pet looks like.


Red 2<br />

Knock! Knock!<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Knock, knock<br />

Who’s there?<br />

Dishes<br />

Dishes who?<br />

Dishes the police! Open up!<br />

Knock, knock<br />

Who’s there?<br />

Cargo<br />

Cargo who?<br />

Car go beep! beep!<br />

Knock, knock<br />

Who’s there?<br />

Boo<br />

Boo who?<br />

Oh, it’s OK, don’t cry!<br />

Knock, knock<br />

Who’s there?<br />

Lettuce<br />

Lettuce who?<br />

Lettuce in!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

Knock, knock<br />

Who’s there?<br />

Arch<br />

Arch who?<br />

Bless you!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (02)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word means to tap on<br />

something with your knuckles?<br />

(a) bang<br />

(b) knock<br />

(c) bless<br />

In Paragraph 1, Dishes the<br />

police! means:<br />

(a) Police use plates!<br />

(b) This is the police!<br />

(c) Police do washing up!<br />

What kind of text is this?<br />

(a) report<br />

(b) jokes<br />

(c) stories<br />

What sound does the car make in Paragraph 2?<br />

(a) honk! honk!<br />

(b) beep! beep!<br />

(c) parp! parp!<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer wrote these words to:<br />

(a) make people laugh.<br />

(b) tell a story.<br />

(c) give information.<br />

Which paragraph is<br />

about sneezing?<br />

(a) Paragraph 3<br />

(b) Paragraph 4<br />

(c) Paragraph 5<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write a joke you know<br />

or try to make up one<br />

of your own.<br />

H Write a funny story<br />

about someone<br />

interesting knocking<br />

on your door.


Red 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Next Monday it’s my birthday. It’s the best day<br />

of the year! I’m sure I’ll get some good<br />

presents. I’m going to have a party and<br />

a big cake with seven candles on top.<br />

People do different things on birthdays. Some<br />

people don’t have cakes or presents. But one thing<br />

lots of people do is sing ‘Happy birthday to you’.<br />

<strong>The</strong> ‘Happy birthday’ song is over 100 years old.<br />

Two sisters in the USA wrote it. <strong>The</strong>ir names were<br />

Mildred and Patty Hill. At first, the song was called<br />

‘Good morning to all’. Later, the words changed<br />

to the words we know. Now people all around the<br />

world sing it!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (03)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. What will go on top of the birthday cake?<br />

(a) presents<br />

(b) candles<br />

(c) paper<br />

2. Paragraph 3 tells the reader about:<br />

(a) songs.<br />

(b) sister.<br />

(c) the ‘Happy birthday’ song.<br />

3. Who wrote the ‘Happy birthday to you’ song?<br />

(a) Mildred Hill<br />

(b) Patty Hill<br />

(c) Mildred and Patty Hill<br />

4. How old is the ‘Happy birthday’ song?<br />

(a) a few hundred years<br />

(b) less than 100 years<br />

(c) a bit more than 100 years<br />

5. Which answer is a fact? Everyone has:<br />

(a) a birthday party.<br />

(b) a birthday cake.<br />

(c) a birthday.<br />

6. In Paragraph 3, it means:<br />

(a) the letter.<br />

(b) the song.<br />

(c) the card.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write your own song using the<br />

‘Happy birthday’ tune.<br />

H Write what you do on your<br />

birthday.<br />

H Look around the room. Can<br />

you see the word ‘birthday’?<br />

Count how many times you<br />

can see it written


Red 4<br />

Nugget and Clucky<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Do you like eggs? I do! I love them!<br />

I love eggs so much my mum said we<br />

could get some hens. She said they<br />

can be good pets. <strong>The</strong>y eat food<br />

scraps, and bugs in the garden. Best<br />

of all, they lay eggs we can eat!<br />

First we had to buy a few things.<br />

We got some wood and wire to<br />

make a coop. We put a little box in<br />

the coop for the hens to lay their<br />

eggs. We got some chicken food<br />

and straw from the pet shop.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n we got two hens! One is<br />

called Nugget and the other is<br />

called Clucky.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y lay eggs nearly<br />

every day. It’s great<br />

having hens.<br />

You should get<br />

some, too!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (04)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 3 means a cage<br />

made of wood and wire for chickens?<br />

(a) home<br />

(b) coop<br />

(c) scraps<br />

Hens can help in the garden by:<br />

(a) eating bugs.<br />

(b) eating scraps.<br />

(c) laying eggs.<br />

Why does the writer want hens?<br />

(a) for dinner<br />

(b) for their eggs<br />

(c) for fun<br />

What sort of scraps might the hens eat?<br />

(a) paper<br />

(b) food<br />

(c) wood<br />

How does the writer feel about hens?<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer:<br />

(a) likes to look at them.<br />

(b) likes their eggs.<br />

(c) wants to have some for dinner.<br />

In Paragraph 2, they means:<br />

(a) hens.<br />

(b) Mum and Dad.<br />

(c) children.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a list of other<br />

animals that lay eggs.<br />

Can you think of five?<br />

H Chickens live in a<br />

coop.<br />

What do these animals<br />

live in? dog - pig -<br />

goldfish - horse


Red 5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Eeek! Dragon!<br />

Once there was a dragon named Dave.<br />

He lived in a cave next to a small town.<br />

Dave was a very friendly dragon. But the<br />

people of the town were scared of him.<br />

When they saw him, they screamed and<br />

ran away. Poor Dave felt lonely and sad.<br />

One day, Dave was flying over the land.<br />

He saw a farmer stuck in some mud. He<br />

flew down to help.<br />

‘Eeek! A dragon!’ the farmer screamed.<br />

‘It’s okay,’ said Dave, ’I’m here to help’.<br />

Dave took the man’s arms and pulled<br />

him out of the gooey, sticky mud.<br />

‘Thanks!’ said the farmer. ‘I’ll tell<br />

everyone that you are a friendly<br />

dragon.’ And he did.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

From then on the people liked<br />

Dave. He was the town hero!<br />

And he was never lonely or sad<br />

again.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (05)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Where did Dave live?<br />

(a) in a cave<br />

(b) on a farm<br />

(c) in the mud<br />

What happened after Dave helped the farmer?<br />

(a) Dave was sad.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> farmer screamed.<br />

(c) Dave was a hero.<br />

This text is a:<br />

(a) fairytale.<br />

(b) letter.<br />

(c) poem.<br />

After Dave helped the farmer, what might the<br />

farmer say to him?<br />

(a) Eeek!<br />

(b) Go away!<br />

(c) Hello, Dave!<br />

Why did Dave save the farmer?<br />

(a) He was strong.<br />

(b) He was friendly.<br />

(c) He was hungry.<br />

In Paragraph 2, him means:<br />

(a) the farmer.<br />

(b) the people.<br />

(c) Dave.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write five things a dragon has<br />

on its body.<br />

H Write a different ending to the<br />

story, starting with ‘One day,<br />

Dave saw a farmer stuck in<br />

some mud …’


Red 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Merrick, the<br />

mud monster<br />

Once upon a time, in water far away, lived a friendly mud monster.<br />

His name was Merrick.<br />

Merrick played in the water and on the rocks. Merrick made friends<br />

with the fish, birds and other animals. He watched the grass and<br />

plants near the water.<br />

One day, Merrick stepped on bottles and plastic bags in the water.<br />

He hurt his feet.<br />

Soon, the water got sick. <strong>The</strong> grass and plants got sick. <strong>The</strong> fish, birds<br />

and other animals got sick, too.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Merrick was scared, so he ran away. He ran and ran until he came<br />

to a hot, dry land. His skin started to dry out. He felt sick. He felt sad.<br />

He missed his water home.<br />

6<br />

‘I’m going home’, he cried. ‘I’m going to clean up the water. I’m<br />

going to make the environment better for the fish, birds, plants and<br />

other animals’, he said.<br />

7<br />

And he did!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (06)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Where did Merrick live?<br />

(a) in water<br />

(b) in a dry land<br />

(c) in the sky<br />

Merrick’s friends were:<br />

(a) the water and rocks.<br />

(b) fish, birds and other animals.<br />

(c) the hot, dry land.<br />

When Merrick stepped on bottles<br />

and plastic bags, he:<br />

(a) cried.<br />

(b) fell over.<br />

(c) hurt his feet.<br />

What made everything sick?<br />

(a) bottles and plastic bags in<br />

the water<br />

(b) hot days<br />

(c) the flu<br />

<strong>The</strong> word environment in<br />

Paragraph 6 means:<br />

(a) the water.<br />

(b) play.<br />

(c) sick.<br />

In Paragraph 2, he means<br />

(a) Merrick.<br />

(b) the hot, dry land.<br />

(c) the fish.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Explain how to<br />

make a mud pie.<br />

H Draw a picture of a<br />

river with litter in it.


Red 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Legend of Muda,<br />

the pelican<br />

A long time ago in the Dreaming, a group of Aboriginal Australian<br />

people sent a pelican to find out about a new land.<br />

Muda, the pelican, set off with fish and water for his trip. He carried them<br />

in the pouch underneath his neck.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

He flew for a long time. <strong>The</strong>n he felt sick, so he landed on a hill.<br />

As he sat on the hill, he saw many beautiful colours in the stones on the<br />

ground. He started to peck at the ground.<br />

5<br />

Suddenly, a spark flew from the ground. It went into the dry grass nearby<br />

and started a fire. <strong>The</strong> fire ran across the land until it came to some<br />

people camping near a creek. <strong>The</strong>y used the fire to cook their fish.<br />

6<br />

<strong>The</strong> fire was a special gift from Muda, the pelican.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (07)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

What did Muda carry fish and water in?<br />

(a) his pouch<br />

(b) his beak<br />

(c) a sack<br />

Muda felt sick because:<br />

(a) he had a cold.<br />

(b) he flew for a long time.<br />

(c) he was thirsty.<br />

Which paragraph tells how Muda started a fire?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1<br />

(b) Paragraph 2<br />

(c) Paragraph 5<br />

Why would people want to find out<br />

about a new land?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y wanted to have a holiday.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y wanted to live there.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y liked new things.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 2 means<br />

a sack for holding small things?<br />

(a) net<br />

(b) pouch<br />

(c) beak<br />

<strong>The</strong> word He in Paragraph 2 is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) Muda.<br />

(b) fish.<br />

(c) Aboriginal people.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Find a picture of a pelican<br />

to copy onto white paper.<br />

H Colour it in Aboriginal<br />

colours—black, orange,<br />

red, yellow and brown.


Red 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Batty bats<br />

Bats are small animals like mice.<br />

‘Bat’ means ‘hand-wing’. Bats are<br />

the only mammals that can fly.<br />

Bats rest all day and hunt at night.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y eat insects, birds, fish and<br />

small animals. <strong>The</strong>y use sounds to<br />

find food. <strong>The</strong>y need to eat lots and<br />

lots of insects.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y look after their babies. Baby<br />

bats are called pups.<br />

Bats like to hang upside down by<br />

their feet. <strong>The</strong>y can let go, drop and<br />

fly away quickly.<br />

A group of bats is called a colony.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are many different kinds of<br />

bats. Some are big and some are<br />

small.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Bats live in trees, buildings and<br />

caves. <strong>The</strong>y live under bridges and<br />

in old mines. Some people build<br />

homes for bats to live in. But<br />

sometimes other animals<br />

and insects move in first!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (08)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

Bats live in:<br />

(a) shoes.<br />

(b) nests.<br />

(c) trees.<br />

Baby bats are called:<br />

(a) insects.<br />

(b) pups.<br />

(c) kittens.<br />

Paragraph 3 tells:<br />

(a) when bats sleep.<br />

(b) how to hit a ball with a bat.<br />

(c) about baby bats.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word mines in Paragraph 7 means:<br />

(a) places where gold and<br />

coal are found.<br />

(b) belonging to me.<br />

(c) little.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks bats are:<br />

(a) funny.<br />

(b) messy.<br />

(c) interesting.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word <strong>The</strong>y in<br />

Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) trees.<br />

(b) caves.<br />

(c) bats.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write words for groups of:<br />

cows, fish, sheep, ducks, bees,<br />

pups, snakes, birds.<br />

H Draw a group picture of your<br />

favourite animal.


Red 9<br />

How the elephant<br />

got its trunk<br />

1<br />

2<br />

Once upon a time there was a little elephant. One day, she wanted<br />

to know what the crocodile ate for dinner. She asked all the other<br />

elephants. But they didn’t know.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

So she went to the river to ask the crocodile. <strong>The</strong> crocodile said to<br />

come closer and he would tell her. <strong>The</strong> little elephant did. She walked<br />

to the edge of the river.<br />

3<br />

Suddenly, the crocodile bit the little elephant’s nose. <strong>The</strong> little elephant<br />

pulled and pulled to get free. Her nose got longer and longer.<br />

4<br />

At last the little elephant got away. But now she had a long trunk<br />

instead of a nose. At first she didn’t like it. But then she found she could<br />

squirt water all over her back! And she could use it to wave to all her<br />

friends!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (09)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

What does the word suddenly in Paragraph 3 mean?<br />

(a) very slowly<br />

(b) all at once<br />

(c) sadly<br />

<strong>The</strong> little elephant wanted to know what:<br />

(a) was for dinner.<br />

(b) the crocodile ate for dinner.<br />

(c) the time was.<br />

What happened first to the little elephant?<br />

(a) She got away.<br />

(b) Her nose got longer.<br />

(c) Her nose was bitten.<br />

Why do you think the crocodile wanted her closer?<br />

(a) so he could eat her<br />

(b) so he could stretch her nose<br />

(c) so he could squirt water on her back<br />

Was the little elephant happy her nose<br />

turned into a trunk?<br />

(a) don’t know<br />

(b) yes<br />

(c) no<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6. In Paragraph 4, it means: Something extra<br />

(a) the little elephant.<br />

(b) her trunk.<br />

(c) a crocodile.<br />

H Find pictures in magazines or<br />

draw your own to show animals<br />

with different types of noses.<br />

H List other things the little elephant<br />

could do with her long trunk.


Red 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong> mystery of the<br />

missing<br />

objects<br />

‘Give back my new blue ribbon, Justin! I know you took it!’ I yelled at<br />

my brother.<br />

‘Don’t be silly!’ he said. ‘Why would I take your ribbon? But if you took<br />

my blue marker, I want that back!’<br />

‘Mum,’ I yelled, ‘Justin took my new blue ribbon and won’t give it back!’<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

‘Stop yelling, Beth!’ Mum said. ‘But if you took the blue pegs from the<br />

clothes line, I’d like them back, please!’<br />

‘I didn’t take your blue pegs, but Justin took my ribbon!’ I replied.<br />

6<br />

‘Dad, a thief has taken all our things!’ I bellowed. ‘<strong>The</strong> thief has taken<br />

my blue ribbon, Justin’s blue marker and Mum’s blue pegs.’<br />

7<br />

‘Come outside’, said Dad. He pointed to the grass in the bush nearby.<br />

‘<strong>The</strong>re’s your thief.’ <strong>The</strong> male bird in the nest had blue things all around<br />

him. A female bird nearby watched him.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (10)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Who lost things?<br />

(a) Justin, Mum and Beth<br />

(b) Dad<br />

(c) Justin and Mum<br />

All the missing objects were:<br />

(a) green.<br />

(b) red.<br />

(c) blue.<br />

Three words which mean the<br />

same as said are:<br />

(a) took and taken.<br />

(b) yelled, replied and bellowed.<br />

(c) ribbon, marker and pegs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> male bird collected blue objects to:<br />

(a) eat them.<br />

(b) make the nest pretty for the female bird.<br />

(c) make the nest warm.<br />

Which paragraph tells who took the objects?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1<br />

(b) Paragraph 3<br />

(c) Paragraph 7<br />

<strong>The</strong> word He in Paragraph 7 means:<br />

(a) Dad.<br />

(b) the male bird.<br />

(c) the female bird.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H List all the blue objects in<br />

the room.<br />

H Find pictures of different<br />

nests in books. Draw a<br />

colourful picture of them.


Card 1<br />

Yellow 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

big elephants<br />

Once upon a time, thousands of mice lived in an empty village near<br />

a lake.<br />

Every day, a herd of elephants visited the lake to drink water. As they<br />

went through the village, they crushed hundreds of mice under their<br />

feet.<br />

King Mouse said to King Elephant, ‘If the elephants can walk to the<br />

village a different way, one day we will help you if you need us’.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

King Elephant laughed and said, ‘You are too small to help us, but we<br />

will walk to the lake a different way from now on’.<br />

5<br />

Soon some hunters trapped the elephants in strong nets. <strong>The</strong>y could<br />

not get free.<br />

6<br />

<strong>The</strong> mice came and chewed through the nets. <strong>The</strong>y set the elephants<br />

free.<br />

7<br />

<strong>The</strong> mice and elephants were friends forever.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (11)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

How are mice different from elephants?<br />

(a) Mice are little and elephants are big.<br />

(b) Mice have tails but elephants don’t.<br />

(c) Elephants have ears but mice don’t.<br />

A group of elephants is called a:<br />

(a) flock.<br />

(b) herd.<br />

(c) school.<br />

Which paragraph tells about the elephants<br />

being trapped in nets?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1<br />

(b) Paragraph 4<br />

(c) Paragraph 5<br />

<strong>The</strong> mice were able to chew through the<br />

nets because:<br />

(a) they had sharp teeth.<br />

(b) they had knives.<br />

(c) the nets were made from weak rope.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> word they in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) the mice.<br />

(b) the elephants.<br />

(c) the hunters.<br />

After the mice set the elephants<br />

free, they:<br />

(a) were crushed under their feet.<br />

(b) ran and hid.<br />

(c) became friends forever.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write a rhyme or poem<br />

you know about mice or<br />

elephants.<br />

H Draw and colour a picture<br />

to match.<br />

H Find one interesting fact<br />

about mice or elephants<br />

to tell a friend.


Yellow 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Llamas are animals from South<br />

America. <strong>The</strong>y look a bit like<br />

camels, but they don’t have<br />

humps.<br />

Llamas are very strong. This<br />

makes them good for carrying<br />

things up mountains. <strong>The</strong>y have<br />

thick, woolly fur. This fur can be<br />

used to make clothes.<br />

Llamas are very social. This<br />

means they like to live with other<br />

llamas in a group. A group of<br />

llamas is called a herd.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Llamas are usually friendly, but<br />

sometimes they spit! This spit can<br />

have food in it, or even be green!<br />

<strong>The</strong> green spit is very smelly. Most<br />

of the time they only spit at other<br />

llamas. This is usually to ‘tell them<br />

off’. If they are scared, Llamas<br />

sometimes spit at people.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (12)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

<strong>The</strong> word social in Paragraph 3 means llamas like:<br />

(a) nice food.<br />

(b) to be with other llamas.<br />

(c) to work.<br />

Where do llamas come from?<br />

(a) South Africa<br />

(b) South America<br />

(c) South Australia<br />

Which paragraph gives information<br />

about ‘spitting’?<br />

(a) Paragraph 3<br />

(b) Paragraph 1<br />

(c) Paragraph 4<br />

Llamas spit to show they are:<br />

(a) hungry.<br />

(b) scared.<br />

(c) friendly.<br />

Llamas are used to help carry<br />

things because they are:<br />

(a) strong.<br />

(b) brave.<br />

(c) clever.<br />

In Paragraph 4, they means:<br />

(a) camels.<br />

(b) people.<br />

(c) llamas.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Dogs are social animals,<br />

too. Do you know any other<br />

animals that are social?<br />

H Write some things people do<br />

when they are scared.


Yellow 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Once upon a time, zebras were all white.<br />

Why the zebra<br />

has stripes<br />

One day, the jungle animals were having a big party. <strong>The</strong> male and<br />

female zebra were getting ready. <strong>The</strong>y wanted to look special.<br />

First, the male zebra painted his body green. <strong>The</strong>n the female zebra<br />

painted her body brown. <strong>The</strong>y looked like a lizard and a lion. <strong>The</strong>y did<br />

not like that. <strong>The</strong>y wanted to look different. So they painted on black<br />

stripes.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

All the animals at the party liked the stripes, even the lion!<br />

<strong>The</strong> next day, everyone talked about the zebra stripes. <strong>The</strong> other<br />

zebras wanted to look special, too. <strong>The</strong>y painted black stripes on<br />

themselves.<br />

6<br />

Soon, the zebras got tired of the stripes. <strong>The</strong>y tried to wash them off.<br />

<strong>The</strong> stripes would not wash off.<br />

7<br />

Today, zebras still have black stripes.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (13)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Once upon a time, zebras were all:<br />

(a) white.<br />

(b) black and white.<br />

(c) green.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word in Paragraph 3 that means a<br />

girl zebra is:<br />

(a) different.<br />

(b) female.<br />

(c) male.<br />

Paragraph 4 tells:<br />

(a) how the zebras painted their bodies.<br />

(b) what happened after the party.<br />

(c) what happened at the party.<br />

What colour did the male zebra paint<br />

himself first?<br />

(a) green<br />

(b) brown<br />

(c) black<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> colours of lizard and lion were:<br />

(a) black and white.<br />

(b) green and brown.<br />

(c) white.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word <strong>The</strong>y in Paragraph 5 means:<br />

(a) the zebras.<br />

(b) the stripes.<br />

(c) the lion.<br />

Something extra<br />

<strong>The</strong> stripes on each<br />

zebra are different. No<br />

two patterns look the<br />

same.<br />

H Use a pencil to draw<br />

two zebra shapes.<br />

H Use a black pencil<br />

or crayon to make<br />

each striped pattern<br />

look different.


Yellow 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

Teddy bears<br />

<strong>The</strong>re’s a teddy bear museum near our school. I had never been.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n my teacher said our class was going there. I was so excited!<br />

A man from the museum showed us around. He told<br />

us about a president in the USA called <strong>The</strong>odore<br />

Roosevelt. This man’s nickname was Teddy. He was<br />

the president when the first teddy bear was<br />

made. He liked bears, so the first bear made<br />

was called ‘Teddy’s bear’.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

3<br />

<strong>The</strong>re were so many teddy bears there. One of<br />

them was more than 100 years old! That’s even<br />

older than my grandad! That one was smelly,<br />

like my gran’s old things. <strong>The</strong>n there was a<br />

huge teddy. It was as big as our teacher!<br />

4<br />

I had a great day at the museum!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (14)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

What word in Paragraph 2 means a leader?<br />

(a) museum<br />

(b) president<br />

(c) Teddy<br />

One of the teddy bears in the story was as big as:<br />

(a) the author.<br />

(b) the teacher.<br />

(c) a house.<br />

President Roosevelt thought teddy bears were:<br />

(a) silly.<br />

(b) smelly.<br />

(c) great.<br />

Why did the class go to the museum?<br />

(a) to play<br />

(b) to learn<br />

(c) to eat<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks the museum was:<br />

(a) boring.<br />

(b) interesting.<br />

(c) small.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

In Paragraph 3, them means:<br />

(a) the teddy bears.<br />

(b) the museums.<br />

(c) the children.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write three things that are<br />

bigger than your teacher.<br />

H Would you like to go to the<br />

teddy bear museum? Write<br />

why or why not.


Yellow 5<br />

Birthday wish<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

It was my birthday. All my friends were<br />

coming to my party. Ben was the first<br />

to come. He gave me a big box. As<br />

I started to open it, I saw a frog<br />

outside. Yuck! I didn’t like frogs.<br />

Green, slimy things.<br />

I opened the box and looked<br />

inside. It was empty!<br />

‘Wow. It’s ... an empty box.<br />

Thanks’, I said.<br />

‘It’s not really empty’, said<br />

Ben. ‘It’s a wish. Think about<br />

something you want and you’ll<br />

get it!’<br />

‘Well, I was just thinking about<br />

frogs’, I said. ‘But I don’t like frogs! I...<br />

ribbit, ribbit!’<br />

6<br />

I looked down. My hands were<br />

green. So were my legs. I had<br />

big, webbed feet. I had turned<br />

into a frog!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

7<br />

‘Oh no!’ said Ben.<br />

‘Don’t worry, I know<br />

what to do! We need to<br />

go to the vet. Come on!’ He picked<br />

me up and ran out the door.<br />

8<br />

So in the end, I missed my party.<br />

But now I’m a person again! Thank<br />

goodness for that!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (15)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Which word in Paragraph 6 means feet<br />

with the toes joined by thin skin?<br />

(a) frog<br />

(b) webbed<br />

(c) slimy<br />

<strong>The</strong> story happened:<br />

(a) at a party.<br />

(b) at school.<br />

(c) in a dream.<br />

What happened at the end of the story?<br />

<strong>The</strong> person turned:<br />

(a) into a frog.<br />

(b) back into a person.<br />

(c) around three times.<br />

What made the person in the story turn<br />

into a frog?<br />

(a) a frog<br />

(b) a party<br />

(c) a wish<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer wrote this story:<br />

(a) to give information.<br />

(b) to say how something works.<br />

(c) for people to enjoy.<br />

In Paragraph 7, He means:<br />

(a) the frog.<br />

(b) Ben.<br />

(c) the party.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write what you would<br />

wish for if it were your<br />

birthday.<br />

H Frogs ribbit or croak.<br />

What noises do these<br />

animals make?<br />

cat, sheep, horse, duck


Yellow 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Hi. My name is Bob. I’m a<br />

superhero! I know I don’t look<br />

very strong. But I have a super<br />

power like every other superhero.<br />

What’s my super power?<br />

I have ‘X-ray’ eyes. That’s<br />

right, I can see through<br />

things!<br />

When I was little, I could see<br />

people’s underwear through<br />

their clothes. My mum didn’t<br />

like it when I told her she had a<br />

hole in her underpants one day.<br />

She sent me to my room.<br />

When I played <strong>cards</strong> with my friends,<br />

I could see what <strong>cards</strong> they had. So I<br />

always won. My friends got mad.<br />

At Christmas, I could see through the<br />

wrapping paper on the presents. I told<br />

everyone what they were going to get.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y got cross with me.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

I didn’t like everyone being mad at me all the<br />

time. So I started using my power to do good<br />

things. Now, when someone is sick, I look<br />

into his or her body to find out<br />

what’s wrong. I help my friends<br />

find the things they have lost.<br />

No-one gets mad at me<br />

anymore. It’s great being a<br />

superhero!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (16)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

In Paragraph 1, the word strong means:<br />

(a) powerful.<br />

(b) clever.<br />

(c) deep.<br />

How is Bob like other superheroes?<br />

(a) He is strong.<br />

(b) He can save the world.<br />

(c) He has a super power.<br />

Why did his friends get mad?<br />

(a) Bob always won card games.<br />

(b) Bob was stronger than they were.<br />

(c) Bob helped them find things.<br />

From the story, we know Bob can see through:<br />

(a) walls.<br />

(b) paper and clothes.<br />

(c) cars.<br />

Why did Bob start doing good things with his super power?<br />

(a) He didn’t like people being mad at him.<br />

(b) He wanted to be famous.<br />

(c) He liked wearing superhero clothes.<br />

In Paragraph 4, they means:<br />

(a) friends.<br />

(b) people.<br />

(c) <strong>cards</strong>.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write what sort of<br />

things you would do if<br />

you had X-ray eyes.<br />

H Write what kind of<br />

superhero you would<br />

like to be. What special<br />

powers would you<br />

have? What would you<br />

look like?


Yellow 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Tick! Tock! Squeak!<br />

Tick Tock is the big red clock<br />

On the shed near the dock.<br />

Blink Flash is the metal sundial<br />

In the garden near the leaf pile.<br />

Ding Dong is the grandfather clock<br />

that likes to bong<br />

When it sings its song.<br />

Tick Tock Tick Tock is the little watch<br />

that moves quickly<br />

And keeps on clicking.<br />

Flip Flop is the digital clock<br />

Next to the bed that never stops.<br />

Hickory Dickory is a tall wooden house<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

For baby, sister and Mum and Dad Mouse.<br />

7<br />

Tick! Tock!<br />

Blink! Flash!<br />

Ding! Dong!<br />

Tick! Tock! Tick! Tock!<br />

Flip! Flop!<br />

Squeak!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (17)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Where is the clock near the dock?<br />

(a) on the shed<br />

(b) on the bed<br />

(c) at the door<br />

What makes a sundial work?<br />

(a) batteries<br />

(b) the sun<br />

(c) leaves<br />

Which paragraph tells about a watch?<br />

(a) Paragraph 6<br />

(b) Paragraph 5<br />

(c) Paragraph 4<br />

<strong>The</strong> noise of a grandfather clock is:<br />

(a) soft.<br />

(b) loud.<br />

(c) not heard at all.<br />

<strong>The</strong> clock which doesn’t make a<br />

noise is the:<br />

(a) digital clock.<br />

(b) sundial.<br />

(c) grandfather clock.<br />

In Paragraph 3, it means the:<br />

(a) clock on the dock.<br />

(b) grandfather clock.<br />

(c) digital clock.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw a big circle and<br />

write all the numbers<br />

around it to make a clock<br />

face.<br />

H Write a list of objects or<br />

animals and the sounds<br />

they make.


Yellow 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Jenny and Mum made green jelly and<br />

carefully placed it in the fridge to set.<br />

‘This packet of jelly crystals came from<br />

Mr Hulk’, said Mum. ‘He is a very strange<br />

old man.’<br />

Later, Jenny looked in the fridge to see if the jelly was set.<br />

‘This jelly needs some jelly snakes’, she said. She dropped in red and<br />

orange chewy jelly snakes and closed the door. Some time later,<br />

Jenny opened the fridge door. A large green, red and orange jelly<br />

blob plopped out.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

‘Help Mum!’ yelled Jenny. ‘It’s after me!’ Mum saw Jenny slipping and<br />

sliding on the floor. A wobbly blob chased her. It grew and grew.<br />

6<br />

‘If Jenny added sweet things to the jelly, then perhaps salt will stop<br />

it’, thought Mum. She threw a handful of salt on the blob. It started to<br />

shrink. Soon it was a small runny puddle on the floor.<br />

7<br />

‘I don’t like jelly anymore’, said Jenny, as she helped Mum clean up<br />

the mess.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (18)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Who made the jelly?<br />

(a) Jenny and Mum<br />

(b) Mr Hulk<br />

(c) no-one<br />

Which is an opinion?<br />

(a) Mr Hulk is a man.<br />

(b) Mr Hulk is very strange.<br />

(c) Mr Hulk is old.<br />

Paragraph 2 tells:<br />

(a) how to make jelly.<br />

(b) how the jelly grew into a monster.<br />

(c) where the packet of jelly crystals came from.<br />

What caused the jelly to grow into a monster?<br />

(a) hot water<br />

(b) red and orange chewy jelly snakes<br />

(c) salt<br />

<strong>The</strong> word me in Paragraph 5 means:<br />

(a) Jenny.<br />

(b) Mum.<br />

(c) Mr Hulk.<br />

Why doesn’t Jenny like jelly anymore?<br />

(a) Jenny likes hotdogs now.<br />

(b) Jelly is too runny.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> jelly monster scared her.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write a procedure to<br />

tell how to make jelly.<br />

H Draw a big bowl of<br />

jelly and colour it your<br />

favourite jelly colour.<br />

H List your favourite<br />

chewy lollies or sweets.


Yellow 9<br />

In the land of Nuts and Bolts<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

In the land of Nuts and Bolts lived a robot king named Rebus. Rebus<br />

was a good king. All the robots were shiny. <strong>The</strong>y did not clank or<br />

grind when they moved.<br />

One day, Rebus thought, ‘Everything is clean and shiny. Everything is<br />

quiet. Life is boring. What we need is a little boy to make a mess and<br />

lots of noise’.<br />

Rebus sent his soldier robots to Earth to find a little boy to make a<br />

mess and lots of noise.<br />

‘Tommy, stop making all that noise! Go and clean up your room!’ the<br />

soldier robots heard. <strong>The</strong>y peeked in the window of the house. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

saw a little boy in a messy room. He was banging a spanner on a toy<br />

workbench.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

‘I don’t belong here’, cried Tommy. ‘I can’t make a mess or lots of<br />

noise. I must be an alien or something.’<br />

6<br />

<strong>The</strong> soldier robots grabbed Tommy and carried him to the land of<br />

Nuts and Bolts.<br />

7<br />

Tommy was very happy. He made a mess and lots of noise. King<br />

Rebus was not bored. Tommy’s mum had a clean, quiet house.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (19)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Rebus was bored because:<br />

(a) everything was clean and quiet.<br />

(b) he had no robot friends.<br />

(c) he needed more work to do.<br />

What did Rebus think a little boy<br />

would do?<br />

(a) tell jokes<br />

(b) make a mess and lots of noise<br />

(c) play with Rebus<br />

In Paragraph 4, a spanner is:<br />

(a) a type of food.<br />

(b) a tool.<br />

(c) something that spins.<br />

Paragraph 5 tells:<br />

(a) what Rebus was doing.<br />

(b) what happened at the<br />

end of the story.<br />

(c) how Tommy was feeling.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> word they in Paragraph 4, means:<br />

(a) Tommy.<br />

(b) the soldiers.<br />

(c) Tommy’s mother.<br />

At the end of the story, everyone was:<br />

(a) sad.<br />

(b) happy.<br />

(c) not happy or sad.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Use the letters in the<br />

word ‘robot’ to make<br />

lots of little words. You<br />

can only use each letter<br />

once, except for the<br />

letter ‘o’. You can use ‘o’<br />

twice.<br />

H Draw a design for a<br />

robot made from ‘bits<br />

and pieces’.


Yellow 10<br />

Floating egg tricks<br />

If you put a fresh egg into a glass of water, it sinks to the bottom.<br />

Read the instructions below to see how you can make an egg float!<br />

Trick 1<br />

You will need:<br />

• a fresh egg<br />

• teaspoon<br />

• salt<br />

• glass of water<br />

What to do:<br />

Step 1.<br />

Step 2.<br />

Step 3.<br />

Step 4.<br />

Add 10 teaspoons of salt to the glass of water.<br />

Stir with the teaspoon until the salt is dissolved.<br />

Put the egg into the water.<br />

Watch the egg float!<br />

This next trick will make the egg float halfway up!<br />

Trick 2<br />

You will need:<br />

• the egg in the glass of water from Trick 1<br />

• teaspoon<br />

• tap water<br />

What to do:<br />

Step 1.<br />

Step 2.<br />

Step 3.<br />

Step 4.<br />

Step 5.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Take the floating egg out of the glass of water.<br />

Pour out half the water.<br />

Gently pour in some fresh tap water on top.<br />

Don’t mix.<br />

Carefully put the egg back in the glass of water.<br />

Watch it float halfway up!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (20)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

In Trick 1, Step 2, the word dissolved means:<br />

(a) dirty.<br />

(b) floating.<br />

(c) mixed.<br />

How many teaspoons of salt are needed?<br />

(a) 5<br />

(b) 10<br />

(c) 2<br />

In Trick 1, which step happens first?<br />

(a) stirring the salt<br />

(b) watching the egg float<br />

(c) putting the egg into the water<br />

Which step in Trick 2 best explains what to<br />

do with the tap water?<br />

(a) Step 1<br />

(b) Step 3<br />

(c) Step 4<br />

Which is a fact?<br />

(a) A fresh egg tastes horrible.<br />

(b) A fresh egg will float in salty water.<br />

(c) A fresh egg tastes good in water.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in the last line means:<br />

(a) water<br />

(b) a glass<br />

(c) the egg<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw 10 eggs.<br />

H Try and write a word in<br />

each egg beginning<br />

with tr as in trick.


Blue 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Beetle’s adventures<br />

Once a big black beetle left his cosy home<br />

To have lots of adventures. He set out all alone.<br />

He’d eaten all his breakfast. His Mum had said ‘Okay!’<br />

He’d packed his little backpack and started on his way.<br />

Up and down a slippery rock, sticking in the mud.<br />

In and out a prickly bush with flowers still in bud.<br />

Out along a spiky branch, pointing to the sky.<br />

Underneath a shiny leaf, many beetles high.<br />

Soon he reached a sandy beach and water by the tonne.<br />

‘I think my adventure’s over!’ he said. ‘But it<br />

certainly was fun!’<br />

Back beneath a shiny leaf, many beetles high.<br />

Back along a spiky branch, pointing to the sky.<br />

In and out a prickly bush with flowers still in bud.<br />

Up and down a slippery rock, sticking in the mud.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

8<br />

A tired beetle, a happy beetle, reached his cosy home.<br />

‘Tomorrow I’ll go another way! It is such fun to roam!’<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (21)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word adventures in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) exciting things people do.<br />

(b) adding numbers together.<br />

(c) to walk around.<br />

2. What did the beetle take with him?<br />

(a) nothing<br />

(b) his little backpack<br />

(c) his mum<br />

3. Where did the beetle go after he went out along the spiky branch?<br />

(a) in and out a prickly bush<br />

(b) home<br />

(c) underneath a shiny leaf<br />

4. Which paragraph tells what caused beetle’s adventures to stop?<br />

(a) Paragraph 6<br />

(b) Paragraph 5<br />

5.<br />

(c) Paragraph 2<br />

Which two things were smooth to walk on?<br />

(a) the leaf and the rock<br />

(b) the branch and the bush<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(c) the backpack and the beach<br />

6. . <strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 5<br />

is used instead of:<br />

(a) his adventure.<br />

(b) a beach.<br />

(c) water.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write adjectives to tell about:<br />

the sea, Mum, the adventures,<br />

breakfast, the mud, the sky.


Blue 2<br />

What’s for breakfast?<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Breakfast is the first meal of the<br />

day. In our country, people usually<br />

eat toast and cereal. But around<br />

the world people eat all kinds of<br />

things at breakfast.<br />

In some parts of Africa, people eat<br />

a corn pudding with sweet milk.<br />

Another African breakfast is atogo.<br />

This is a mix of green bananas in a<br />

beef or bean stew. Fresh fruits like<br />

coconuts and bananas are also<br />

eaten.<br />

In Japan, many people eat fish,<br />

rice, soup, dried seaweed and<br />

salad for breakfast.<br />

In Vietnam, people eat sticky rice,<br />

sweet bread or pho. Pho is a rice<br />

or noodle soup with meat and<br />

herbs.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

In Germany, cold meats, sausage<br />

and cheeses are eaten with<br />

different breads. Some of the<br />

breads have seeds. Others are so<br />

dark they look black.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (22)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word usually in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) sometimes.<br />

(b) most of the time.<br />

(c) never.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of this text is to tell the reader:<br />

(a) about different breakfasts.<br />

(b) what the author likes.<br />

(c) a funny story.<br />

What food is eaten in both Japan and Vietnam at breakfast?<br />

(a) fish and chips<br />

(b) cold meats<br />

(c) rice<br />

What cold meats might people eat<br />

at breakfast?<br />

(a) bacon and eggs<br />

(b) ham and salami<br />

(c) honey and jam<br />

Which foods are eaten in Africa?<br />

(a) corn, rice and soup<br />

(b) pudding, stew or fruits<br />

(c) cold meats and salad<br />

Something extra<br />

H ‘Brunch’ is a late breakfast, a<br />

mix of breakfast and lunch.<br />

What could you call a meal<br />

between lunch and dinner?<br />

H Write which of the breakfasts<br />

in the text you would like to<br />

try.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 5, they means:<br />

(a) breakfasts.<br />

(b) other breads.<br />

(c) foods.


Blue 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

<strong>The</strong> girl<br />

who could<br />

turn into<br />

a cat<br />

Beth Purton lived at 9 Tabby Lane with her mum, dad and her cat,<br />

Whiskers. She liked doing all the things other children her age did. But<br />

Beth had a secret. She could turn into a cat!<br />

It all began when Beth was feeding Whiskers one day. She loved the<br />

smell of the cat food he was eating. It was ‘Tuna Delight’. Beth looked<br />

in the pantry and found some tins of tuna. She opened one and ate it.<br />

Later, Whiskers was playing with a ball of wool in her room. Suddenly,<br />

Beth wanted to do it too. She rolled around and pounced on and<br />

played with the wool. <strong>The</strong>n she saw herself in her mirror. She’d grown<br />

whiskers, a cat nose and fluffy fur!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Beth stared into the mirror and blinked. Suddenly, she was a girl<br />

again! How could this happen? Of course! It all began with the tuna.<br />

5<br />

Beth crept into the kitchen. She opened another tin of tuna and ate<br />

it. <strong>The</strong>n she went to her room to lick her paws and clean behind her<br />

ears. After that, she curled up next to Whiskers on her bed and purred!<br />

6<br />

As long as Beth had a mirror to blink into she could become a girl<br />

again. It was fun being a cat sometimes—and Whiskers loved it too!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (23)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. In Paragraph 3, the word pounced means:<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

(a) leapt.<br />

(b) bounced.<br />

(c) ate.<br />

What happened first? Beth:<br />

(a) ate a tin of tuna.<br />

(b) looked in the mirror.<br />

(c) liked the smell of Whiskers’ food.<br />

How did Beth become a girl again?<br />

(a) She looked in a mirror.<br />

(b) She blinked in a mirror.<br />

(c) She ate tuna.<br />

What did Beth do after she curled up with Whiskers?<br />

(a) She purred.<br />

(b) She played with wool.<br />

(c) She licked behind her ears.<br />

Does Beth like being a cat sometimes?<br />

(a) don’t know<br />

(b) yes<br />

(c) no<br />

In Paragraph 2, he is used instead of:<br />

(a) Whiskers.<br />

(b) cat food.<br />

(c) Beth.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write ten words that<br />

rhyme with ‘cat’.<br />

H Write five names to call<br />

a male cat and five<br />

names you could call a<br />

female cat.


Blue 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Hi! I’m Kyle. I have a twin sister, Hayley.<br />

And we have a magical treehouse!<br />

It doesn’t look magical. Our treehouse<br />

is built around a big tree in the<br />

backyard. It is made of wood and has<br />

a roof, a doorway and two windows.<br />

A railing goes all around the edge so we don’t fall off. We have a<br />

ladder to climb up and a slide to come down. Inside is a table with<br />

two chairs and a bench with shelves.<br />

<strong>The</strong> magical part is the spyglass attached to the railing. Grandad<br />

gave it to us. He said it once belonged to a pirate! When we look<br />

through it we see all kinds of strange lands. When we find a place we<br />

like, we touch the glass then … ZOOM! We are there!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

Last week, we went to a tropical island and swam with green sea<br />

turtles. Yesterday, we went to the Sahara Desert and rode on camels.<br />

Today, we want to go skiing in the Rocky Mountains.<br />

6<br />

<strong>The</strong> only bad thing about our magical adventures is that they stop<br />

when we hear Mum call our names. ZOOM! Suddenly, we are back in<br />

our magical treehouse.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (24)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word attached means:<br />

(a) touched.<br />

(b) joined.<br />

(c) looked.<br />

Who gave them the spyglass?<br />

(a) a pirate<br />

(b) Mum<br />

(c) Grandad<br />

Paragraph 2 is mainly about:<br />

(a) what is inside the treehouse.<br />

(b) what the outside looks like.<br />

(c) how to climb up to and<br />

down from the treehouse.<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir adventures begin when:<br />

(a) they touch the glass.<br />

(b) Mum calls out.<br />

(c) they climb the ladder.<br />

Which paragraph tells about how<br />

their adventures end?<br />

(a) Paragraph 4<br />

(b) Paragraph 5<br />

(c) Paragraph 6<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word it<br />

means:<br />

(a) Grandad.<br />

(b) the treehouse.<br />

(c) the spyglass.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw a picture of your<br />

treehouse or cubbyhouse.<br />

If you don’t have one, draw<br />

one you would like to have.


Blue 5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Tarantulas<br />

Tarantulas are large, hairy spiders. Most are black or brown. Some<br />

have been known to live for 30 years!<br />

Did you know that the largest tarantulas are longer than a ruler?<br />

<strong>The</strong>y have a tiny claw on the end of each of their eight hairy legs.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se help them to climb.<br />

Some live in burrows under the ground. Others live on the ground<br />

under rocks, bark or logs. Some even live in trees.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Tarantulas are meat eaters. <strong>The</strong>y like to eat insects, other spiders and<br />

small lizards. Larger tarantulas also eat frogs, snakes and small birds.<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong>y kill their prey with a poisonous bite. <strong>The</strong>n they crush them with<br />

their strong jaws. Most tarantulas don’t wait in their web to catch their<br />

prey. <strong>The</strong>y run after them and catch them!<br />

6<br />

A tarantula’s bite is like a bee or wasp sting to a human being. It is<br />

good to know that if one bit a person, he or she would not die!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (25)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. <strong>The</strong> word poisonous in<br />

Paragraph 5 means:<br />

(a) deadly.<br />

(b) tasty.<br />

(c) strong.<br />

2. What helps tarantulas to climb?<br />

(a) long legs<br />

(b) tiny claws<br />

(c) strong jaws<br />

3. Paragraph 5 is mainly about:<br />

(a) how tarantulas catch food.<br />

(b) how tarantulas eat food.<br />

(c) how tarantulas scare people.<br />

4. What would happen if a tarantula bit you?<br />

You would:<br />

(a) not feel it.<br />

(b) die.<br />

(c) live.<br />

5. Which answer is true? Tarantulas eat:<br />

(a) weeds.<br />

(b) plants.<br />

(c) grasshoppers.<br />

6. In Paragraph 5, the word them means:<br />

(a) tarantulas.<br />

(b) their prey.<br />

(c) their jaws.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Find a picture of another<br />

type of spider in a book<br />

or magazine.<br />

H Draw and label it.


Blue 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

First, I was thrown outside the front door of the Brown’s home. Ouch! It<br />

hurt! It was a cold, dark, wet morning and I shivered.<br />

About 7 o’clock, Mr Brown brought me inside. He ripped off the wet<br />

plastic sheet covering me and put me on the table. That felt better!<br />

Next, I could smell Mrs Brown cooking toast. <strong>The</strong>n Erin and Zac Brown<br />

came running into the room for breakfast. Mr Brown read me while eating<br />

his toast. A few crumbs landed on the sports pages. I started to itch.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Suddenly, I could see a pair of scissors over me. Whew! It was only Erin<br />

cutting out a piece of news for ‘Show and tell’. It was about a new baby<br />

elephant born at the zoo.<br />

5<br />

Mrs Brown read me after lunch. <strong>The</strong>n she wrapped some food scraps in<br />

two of my middle pages and put them in the bin.<br />

6<br />

Finally, the rest of me was put in the recycling bin with some other<br />

newspapers, bottles, tins and plastic containers. What a day!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (26)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word ripped in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) cut.<br />

(b) tore.<br />

(c) washed.<br />

Which family members looked at the newspaper?<br />

(a) Mr and Mrs Brown<br />

(b) Mr and Mrs Brown, Erin and Zac<br />

(c) Mr and Mrs Brown and Erin<br />

What happened to the newspaper after<br />

Mrs Brown read it?<br />

(a) Some pages were used to wrap scraps.<br />

(b) It shivered outside the front door.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> plastic sheet covering it was taken off.<br />

Paragraph 3 tells about what happened<br />

to the newspaper:<br />

(a) at breakfast.<br />

(b) after lunch.<br />

(c) in the recycling bin.<br />

What caused the newspaper to itch?<br />

(a) the rain<br />

(b) the scissors<br />

(c) the crumbs<br />

In Paragraph 1, I is used instead of:<br />

(a) the newspaper.<br />

(b) Mr Brown.<br />

(c) the driveway.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw a picture and write a<br />

sentence about some other<br />

news Erin Brown might have<br />

cut out of the newspaper for<br />

‘Show and tell’.


Blue 7<br />

2<br />

4<br />

Four different dinosaurs<br />

Compsognathus was one of the smallest<br />

dinosaurs. Its body was about the size of a<br />

chicken but it had a long tail. Compsognathus<br />

was a very fast runner. It moved on its two back<br />

legs. It had sharp teeth and ate small animals.<br />

1<br />

Brachiosaurus was so big, it weighed the<br />

same as about 800 people. It was taller<br />

than a four-storey building. Brachiosaurus<br />

was longer than five cars. Even though it<br />

was big, it didn’t have sharp teeth. It ate<br />

lots and lots and lots of leaves<br />

from the treetops.<br />

3<br />

Stegosaurus was quite a large<br />

dinosaur. It had large, flat, bony<br />

plates on its back. <strong>The</strong>y were<br />

shaped like a triangle. It had<br />

spikes on its tail. <strong>The</strong> plates and<br />

spikes were there to protect<br />

it. Stegosaurus did not<br />

have teeth. It used<br />

its beak to rip up<br />

plants to eat.<br />

Albertosaurus was a very large<br />

dinosaur but not as big as<br />

Brachiosaurus. It had a huge head and<br />

long, sharp teeth. Albertosaurus moved<br />

on its two back legs. It had long, sharp<br />

claws on its feet and hands. It’s easy to<br />

guess it ate other dinosaurs!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (27)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word protect means:<br />

(a) look after. (b) eat. (c) attack.<br />

Which dinosaur ate meat?<br />

(a) Brachiosaurus<br />

(b) Stegosaurus<br />

(c) Compsognathus<br />

Which dinosaur was the largest?<br />

(a) Albertosaurus<br />

(b) Brachiosaurus<br />

(c) Compsognathus<br />

What is the same about<br />

Compsognathus and<br />

Albertosaurus?<br />

(a) both ate plants<br />

(b) both were small<br />

(c) both had sharp teeth<br />

Which dinosaur might have<br />

been able to eat people?<br />

(a) Albertosaurus<br />

(b) Brachiosaurus<br />

(c) Stegosaurus<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word<br />

they means:<br />

(a) plants.<br />

(b) the bony plates.<br />

(c) dinosaurs.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw and label two<br />

things larger than<br />

Brachiosaurus.<br />

H Draw and label two<br />

things smaller than<br />

Compsognathus.


Blue 8<br />

Protecting firefighters<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

7<br />

Did you know that firefighters have about one minute to get dressed<br />

in their firefighting gear? <strong>The</strong>y have to reach the fire as quickly as<br />

possible. All their gear must be ready to put on.<br />

Firefighters wear clothing made from special material. This protects<br />

them from heat, smoke, water and flames. None of their skin must be<br />

showing when they fight a fire.<br />

A helmet protects<br />

the firefighter’s head<br />

from falling objects,<br />

heat and water. A<br />

hood protects the<br />

hair, neck and<br />

ears.<br />

<strong>The</strong> jacket and<br />

pants are made from<br />

material that doesn’t<br />

catch fire easily. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

have stripes that<br />

glow so the firefighter<br />

can be seen in dark,<br />

smoky places.<br />

Boots are made from<br />

rubber and have metal<br />

in the toes and soles.<br />

8<br />

4<br />

6<br />

A face mask<br />

is joined to an<br />

air tank on the<br />

firefighter’s back. It<br />

supplies air when<br />

the firefighter needs<br />

to breathe in smoky<br />

places.<br />

Thick leather<br />

gloves protect<br />

hands from heat<br />

and sharp objects.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Other things a<br />

firefighter uses<br />

include a torch, a<br />

radio and tools such<br />

as an axe and rope.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (28)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

11.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word supplies in<br />

Paragraph 4 means:<br />

(a) turns.<br />

(b) smiles.<br />

(c) gives.<br />

2. What protects a firefighter from<br />

heat, smoke and flames?<br />

(a) warm clothes<br />

(b) special clothing<br />

(c) water tanks<br />

3. A hood protects a firefighter’s:<br />

(a) hands and feet.<br />

(b) ears and neck.<br />

(c) head.<br />

4. If firefighters didn’t have stripes that glow, they would:<br />

(a) get wet. (b) not be easy to see. (c) get too hot.<br />

5.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

If firefighters’ skin wasn’t covered, they could:<br />

(a) get burnt. (b) get dirty. (c) feel hot.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word<br />

they means:<br />

(a) the firefighters.<br />

(b) the stripes.<br />

(c) their jacket and pants.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Use the colours black, red,<br />

grey, orange and yellow to<br />

draw a picture of a fire.


Blue 9<br />

6<br />

Silky silkworms<br />

Did you know that the silkworm is not really a worm at all? It is actually<br />

a moth!<br />

Read about the life cycle of the silkworm moth.<br />

<strong>The</strong> moth emerges in<br />

about three weeks. It<br />

cannot fly or eat. <strong>The</strong><br />

moth reproduces and<br />

dies within five days.<br />

1<br />

A female adult moth<br />

lays hundreds of eggs<br />

on mulberry leaves.<br />

2<br />

A tiny caterpillar<br />

hatches out of its<br />

egg after about<br />

three weeks. It is<br />

called a silkworm.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong> silkworm<br />

changes into a<br />

moth inside its<br />

cocoon.<br />

4<br />

After about four weeks, the<br />

silkworm is fully grown. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

it spins a cocoon of silk.<br />

3<br />

<strong>The</strong> silkworm eats<br />

mulberry leaves day<br />

and night. It grows<br />

bigger and bigger. It<br />

sheds its skin as it grows.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (29)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Step 6, the word emerges means:<br />

(a) hatches.<br />

(b) sleeps.<br />

(c) eats.<br />

How long does an adult silkworm moth live for?<br />

(a) three weeks<br />

(b) five days<br />

(c) ten days<br />

What happens first? A silkworm:<br />

(a) eats mulberry leaves.<br />

(b) changes into a moth.<br />

(c) spins a silk cocoon.<br />

Why do you think these creatures are<br />

called silkworms?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y make cocoons.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y are worms.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y spin silk.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Which step describes how a<br />

silkworm grows?<br />

(a) Step 2<br />

(b) Step 3<br />

(c) Step 6<br />

In Step 4, the word it means:<br />

(a) the cocoon.<br />

(b) the silkworm.<br />

(c) silk.<br />

Something extra<br />

H <strong>The</strong> word ‘silkworm’ is made from<br />

two small words: ‘silk’ and ‘worm’.<br />

Write six other words that are<br />

made from two small words.


Blue 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

<strong>The</strong> world’s tallest man was Robert Wadlow. He grew to be 272<br />

centimetres tall. That’s even taller than two ten-year-olds standing<br />

on top of each other!<br />

Robert’s parents, two brothers and two sisters were of average<br />

height. Robert grew so tall because a special gland in his body<br />

made him grow too much.<br />

Robert’s feet were the length<br />

of one and a half rulers.<br />

His hands were a bit longer<br />

than a ruler. He had to have<br />

special shoes, clothes and<br />

furniture made for him. As<br />

Robert grew older, he had to<br />

wear leg braces to help him<br />

walk.<br />

Robert could not fit in a<br />

normal car. His dad took out<br />

the front passenger seat of<br />

their car. Robert sat in the<br />

back seat so he could stretch<br />

out his long legs.<br />

tallest man<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

When Robert was 22, he got<br />

an infection in his ankle from<br />

wearing a leg brace. Doctors<br />

couldn’t stop the infection<br />

and Robert died in his sleep.<br />

At the time of his death,<br />

Robert was still growing.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (30)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. <strong>The</strong> word average in<br />

Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) nice.<br />

(b) tall.<br />

(c) normal.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Robert’s feet were:<br />

(a) a bit longer than a ruler.<br />

(b) as long as one and a<br />

half rulers.<br />

(c) as long as two rulers.<br />

Why did Robert use braces?<br />

(a) to help him grow<br />

(b) to help him walk<br />

(c) to help him fit in a car<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 4 is to explain:<br />

(a) why Robert grew so tall.<br />

(b) how he fitted in a car.<br />

(c) the cars Robert liked.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Why did Robert need special shoes?<br />

(a) He had long feet.<br />

(b) He didn’t like normal shoes.<br />

(c) He was tall.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word him means:<br />

(a) Robert.<br />

(b) Robert’s dad.<br />

(c) Robert’s brother.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write the names of<br />

the tallest and shortest<br />

person in your class.<br />

H Now write the names<br />

of six other people in<br />

your class from tallest<br />

to shortest.


Orange 1<br />

How to stop me bugging you<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Hey, Dad! You know the pile of<br />

wood in our yard? I have an<br />

idea how we can use it that will<br />

stop me annoying you on the<br />

weekends!<br />

We can make a cubbyhouse!<br />

If we use all the old wood we already<br />

have, we can help the environment.<br />

And using it to make something will help tidy up our garden.<br />

It won’t cost much. We can find free plans on the internet. I don’t<br />

think it will be too hard. We have all the tools we need, like hammers<br />

and nails. And of course, I’ll help you.<br />

If I have a cubbyhouse, I will be so busy playing I won’t get bored!<br />

So I won’t annoy you at the weekend.<br />

So come on, Dad. Let’s build a<br />

cubbyhouse this weekend!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (31)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. <strong>The</strong> word annoy in Paragraph 4 means to:<br />

(a) bother someone.<br />

(b) make someone happy.<br />

(c) make something.<br />

2. Where does the author think they can get plans for a cubby?<br />

(a) from the internet<br />

(b) from a shop<br />

(c) from a television show<br />

3. Paragraph 2 tells mainly:<br />

3.<br />

(a) how much a cubbyhouse will cost.<br />

(b) why building a cubbyhouse is a good idea.<br />

(c) when to build a cubbyhouse.<br />

4. Why does the author want a cubbyhouse?<br />

(a) to annoy his or her dad<br />

(b) to get strong<br />

(c) to play in<br />

5. Which answer is a fact? Cubbyhouses are:<br />

(a) playhouses for children.<br />

(b) great fun.<br />

(c) easy to build.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6. <strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 2<br />

is used instead of the:<br />

(a) cubbyhouse.<br />

(b) wood.<br />

(c) environment.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write what you would like to ask<br />

an adult to build for you.<br />

H What else could be made from<br />

scraps of wood? List four things.


Orange 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Floss,<br />

the tooth<br />

fairy<br />

Have you ever wondered about the tooth fairy? Where does she live?<br />

Why does she collect teeth and what does she do with them?<br />

Floss, the tooth fairy, lives in an old, white, magical castle in the sky.<br />

It is quite beautiful! Its bricks are sparkling white baby teeth. But<br />

because the castle is so old, Floss has to spend a lot of time fixing<br />

things up!<br />

During the day, Floss works hard repairing her castle. But at night, she<br />

flies around the world. Floss peeks under pillows and searches for<br />

teeth to fill her tooth sack.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

As soon as she gets home, Floss uses toothpaste and a brush to clean<br />

the teeth. <strong>The</strong>n she sorts them out—big ones for building walls and<br />

small ones for making beautiful furniture.<br />

What does Floss do with any teeth she does not use? At the end of<br />

each day, she scatters the leftover teeth across the sky! <strong>The</strong>y sparkle<br />

as bright, shining stars, lighting her way as she flies through the night.<br />

<strong>The</strong> gift under your pillow is a special ‘Thank you’ from Floss.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (32)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Red 2<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word repairing means:<br />

(a) fixing.<br />

(b) returning.<br />

(c) collecting.<br />

What was used to build Floss’s magical white castle?<br />

(a) bricks<br />

(b) stars<br />

(c) baby teeth<br />

Before she begins her night-time flight, Floss:<br />

(a) builds walls.<br />

(b) makes furniture.<br />

(c) scatters leftover teeth across the sky.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first thing Floss does when she gets back home is:<br />

(a) make furniture.<br />

(b) sort the teeth.<br />

(c) clean the teeth.<br />

It is an opinion that Floss’s castle is:<br />

(a) beautiful.<br />

(b) white.<br />

(c) built from baby teeth.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the<br />

word it means:<br />

(a) the sky.<br />

(b) the castle.<br />

(c) Floss.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Which words mean the same as<br />

sparkling? glittering boring<br />

shining gloomy twinkling<br />

H Write a poem about Floss cleaning<br />

her castle.


Orange 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Popcorn is a food that many people like to eat. It is a tasty snack you<br />

can buy or make yourself.<br />

Popcorn is a type of corn. When heated up, it explodes and puffs up.<br />

So what makes popcorn explode?<br />

<strong>The</strong> secret to popcorn’s pop is ... water! <strong>The</strong>re is some water inside<br />

a kernel of popcorn. On the outside of each kernel is a hard shell.<br />

When the kernel gets very hot, the water inside starts to turn into<br />

steam. <strong>The</strong> steam can’t get out because of the hard shell. <strong>The</strong> steam<br />

pushes on the hard shell until … POP! <strong>The</strong> hard shell explodes! <strong>The</strong><br />

inside of the kernel puffs out, white and fluffy. And it is ready to eat!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

steam<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (33)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word explode in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) to burn.<br />

(b) to burst open with a noise.<br />

(c) to break.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 3 means a grain of corn?<br />

(a) shell<br />

(b) steam<br />

(c) kernel<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 3 is:<br />

(a) where popcorn pops.<br />

(b) why popcorn pops.<br />

(c) why things explode.<br />

For popcorn to pop, it has to:<br />

(a) get wet.<br />

(b) puff out.<br />

(c) get very hot.<br />

What makes popcorn explode?<br />

(a) water<br />

(b) heat<br />

(c) steam<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word it<br />

is used instead of:<br />

(a) the steam.<br />

(b) popcorn.<br />

(c) the hard shell.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write three words that<br />

rhyme with ‘corn’.<br />

H Write two other things<br />

that go ‘pop’.


Orange 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

I used to ask Mum and Dad<br />

for money all the time.<br />

Money for snacks, money for toys,<br />

money for bouncing green slime.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n one day, Dad said, ‘I’ve had enough<br />

Of you spending all my money!<br />

I think its time you earned your own,<br />

By helping in the house, sonny’.<br />

So now, each week, I do some jobs.<br />

Like cleaning my room and our car.<br />

And I get my own pocket money.<br />

Which I keep in a big glass jar.<br />

Now I can buy the things I want<br />

Down at the local shops.<br />

Sweets, toys, comics and<br />

Ice-creams with chocolate tops.<br />

I’m going to save for something big<br />

Like a bike or new Gameboy .<br />

While I’m not sure what I’m going to buy,<br />

I know it’ll be something I enjoy!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (34)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

Which word in Verse 2 means got money for working?<br />

(a) spent<br />

(b) saved<br />

(c) earned<br />

How does the author feel about saving and<br />

spending money?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> cleaning makes him tired.<br />

(b) He thinks it’s a good idea.<br />

(c) He doesn’t like it.<br />

Before the author got pocket money, how did he get money?<br />

(a) He did jobs.<br />

(b) He helped his mum and dad.<br />

(c) He asked his mum and dad for money.<br />

What might the author spend his saved money on?<br />

(a) a soft drink<br />

(b) a new game<br />

(c) a pack of <strong>cards</strong><br />

What is the main idea of Verse 2?<br />

(a) what he liked doing<br />

(b) how he spent his money<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(c) he had to work for pocket money<br />

6.<br />

In Verse 5, it is used instead of:<br />

(a) the thing he is going to buy.<br />

(b) the pocket money he gets.<br />

(c) the jobs he is going to do.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw what you would<br />

like to save up for.<br />

H Write what jobs you do,<br />

or think you could do,<br />

around the house.


Orange 5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Dolphins<br />

Dolphins are aquatic animals. <strong>The</strong>y live in oceans, seas and<br />

sometimes rivers.<br />

Dolphins are not fish. <strong>The</strong>y are mammals, like people. This means they<br />

have warm blood, breathe air and feed their babies milk. A baby<br />

dolphin is called a calf.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Dolphins live in groups called pods. <strong>The</strong>y mostly eat fish or squid. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

can live for about 20 years. Dolphins like to play and sometimes surf<br />

waves! <strong>The</strong>y can leap high above the water.<br />

Sometimes, whales or sharks kill dolphins. But most dolphins are killed<br />

by people. <strong>The</strong>y can get stuck in fishing nets. Some people still kill<br />

dolphins to eat them.<br />

Sometimes, dolphins help people in the water. <strong>The</strong>y have kept sharks<br />

away from swimmers. Some people think we should do more to help<br />

dolphins and keep them safe.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (35)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word aquatic in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) has warm blood.<br />

(b) lives in water.<br />

(c) eats fish.<br />

A baby dolphin is called a:<br />

(a) calf.<br />

(b) cow.<br />

(c) guppy.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 4 is:<br />

(a) how sharks kill dolphins.<br />

(b) why dolphins live in the sea.<br />

(c) dangers faced by dolphins.<br />

How are dolphins and people the same?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y live in water.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y are fish.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y have warm blood and<br />

breathe air.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer wrote this text to:<br />

(a) tell a story.<br />

(b) give information.<br />

(c) make people laugh.<br />

In Paragraph 5, them means:<br />

(a) dolphins.<br />

(b) people.<br />

(c) sharks.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Can you list another seven<br />

aquatic animals?<br />

H Should people do more to protect<br />

dolphins? Write what you think.<br />

H Write two other words with ‘ph’<br />

in them.


Orange 6<br />

<strong>The</strong> Loch Ness<br />

monster<br />

1 Loch Ness is a big lake in Scotland. It is very deep. It has more fresh<br />

water than all of the lakes in England and Wales put together. Many<br />

people think there is a monster in Loch Ness. This monster is called the<br />

Loch Ness monster, or ‘Nessie’ for short.<br />

In 1934, a doctor took a picture he said was of a monster he saw in<br />

Loch Ness. Since then, many more people have said they have seen<br />

a monster in the loch. Some of them have photos they say are of this<br />

monster.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Many people think that these pictures are not real. <strong>The</strong>y think that<br />

Nessie is a hoax. Others think that people are really seeing bubbles<br />

or waves in the water, not a monster. Some have tried to search for<br />

Nessie with boats, radars and cameras. None of these searches has<br />

found a monster.<br />

No-one knows for sure if there is a monster in Loch Ness or not.<br />

What do you think?<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (36)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word hoax in Paragraph 3 means:<br />

(a) a photo that was taken long ago.<br />

(b) a trick to make people think something is real.<br />

(c) a sea monster.<br />

Loch Ness is a lake that is very:<br />

(a) shallow.<br />

(b) dark.<br />

(c) deep.<br />

Paragraph 1 is mainly about:<br />

(a) the Loch Ness monster.<br />

(b) pictures of the monster.<br />

(c) Loch Ness.<br />

If there was a monster in the loch, what might it eat?<br />

(a) fish<br />

(b) hamburgers<br />

(c) seaweed<br />

<strong>The</strong> author wrote this to:<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(a) make people believe in Nessie.<br />

(b) give information about a possible monster in Loch Ness.<br />

(c) tell readers that the Loch Ness monster is a hoax.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 3, they in ‘<strong>The</strong>y<br />

think that Nessie is’ means:<br />

(a) pictures.<br />

(b) many people.<br />

(c) monsters.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw what you think Nessie<br />

might look like.<br />

H Write what you would do<br />

if you saw the Loch Ness<br />

monster.


Red 7<br />

Orange 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

Once there was a man named Bellerophon. He was kind and brave.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was also a terrible monster, the chimera, that no-one could kill.<br />

<strong>The</strong> king asked Bellerophon to go and kill the chimera.<br />

Bellerophon was scared. He did not think he could kill the monster.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n, one night, he had a dream. He dreamed he found a horse with<br />

wings, called Pegasus. In the dream he was able to catch Pegasus<br />

with a magic bridle. He and Pegasus could use a magic sword to kill<br />

the monster.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

3<br />

When Bellerophon woke up he found the magic bridle and sword<br />

beside his bed. He went looking for Pegasus and found him. He put<br />

the magic bridle on Pegasus. <strong>The</strong>n they flew off to find the monster.<br />

Soon, they saw it flying ahead. After a long fight in the sky, Bellerophon<br />

killed the monster with the sword.<br />

4<br />

Bellerophon and Pegasus had many more adventures together.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (37)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraphs 3 and 4, a bridle is:<br />

(a) the straps for a horse’s head.<br />

(b) a kind of sword.<br />

(c) a magic spell to control horses.<br />

Pegasus was a horse that could:<br />

(a) do magic.<br />

(b) use a sword.<br />

(c) fly.<br />

What did Bellerophon do when<br />

he found Pegasus?<br />

(a) He killed the flying horse.<br />

(b) He put the magic bridle on him.<br />

(c) He woke up.<br />

What was Bellerophon doing when he killed the monster?<br />

(a) hiding behind a rock<br />

(b) flying on Pegasus’s back<br />

(c) standing on the ground<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> king chose Bellerophon to kill the<br />

scary monster because he knew:<br />

(a) Bellerophon was brave.<br />

(b) Bellerophon was kind.<br />

(c) Bellerophon had a flying horse.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 3, him means:<br />

(a) Pegasus.<br />

(b) the monster.<br />

(c) Bellerophon.<br />

H Draw what you think<br />

the monster looked like.<br />

Label its parts.<br />

H Write a different ending<br />

for the story.


Orange 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Quicksand<br />

Maybe you have seen films<br />

or read stories about people<br />

stepping into quicksand. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

get ‘sucked’ down and can’t<br />

get out. Is quicksand real? If so,<br />

how does it work?<br />

Quicksand is real! It can be<br />

found in many places, usually<br />

near riverbanks or beaches<br />

and on the shores of lakes.<br />

DANGER<br />

QUICKSAND<br />

Quicksand is a mix of sand,<br />

water, clay and salt. It looks like hard ground but it is more like jelly!<br />

Light things, like leaves, can stay on the top of it. But as soon as<br />

something heavy moves onto it, the clay starts to get ‘runny’. <strong>The</strong><br />

heavy thing then starts to sink. If the heavy thing moves fast, the<br />

quicksand gets runnier. <strong>The</strong>n it sinks even faster!<br />

4<br />

Quicksand is usually not very deep, but it<br />

can be quite hard to get out of. <strong>The</strong> best<br />

way of getting out is to move your arms and<br />

legs slowly. When you are near the top, you<br />

should lie back and float.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

So if ever you get stuck in quicksand, think<br />

quickly, but move slowly!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (38)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which four things make up quicksand?<br />

(a) sand, salt, mud and clay<br />

(b) water, sand, salt and pepper<br />

(c) clay, sand, water and salt<br />

What makes people sink faster?<br />

(a) moving fast<br />

(b) moving slowly<br />

(c) keeping still<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 4 is:<br />

(a) how to make quicksand.<br />

(b) what quicksand is made of.<br />

(c) how to get out of quicksand.<br />

After reading this text, readers should know how to:<br />

(a) keep away from quicksand.<br />

(b) get out of quicksand.<br />

(c) make quicksand at home.<br />

Which sentence is an opinion, not a fact?<br />

(a) Quicksand can be dangerous.<br />

(b) Moving slowly can help you get<br />

out of quicksand.<br />

(c) Quicksand is really scary.<br />

In Paragraph 2, it means:<br />

(a) danger.<br />

(b) runny clay.<br />

(c) quicksand.<br />

Something extra<br />

DANGER<br />

QUICKSAND<br />

H Imagine your friend<br />

is stuck in quicksand.<br />

Write what you would<br />

tell your friend to help<br />

him or her out.<br />

H Quicksand is a<br />

compound word. This<br />

is when two words are<br />

joined to form a new<br />

word, like ‘eyelid’ and<br />

‘newspaper’. Write<br />

four other compound<br />

words.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Orange 9<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong> wonder of worm poo<br />

Last week, my friend Kate found a worm at<br />

school. We showed it to our teacher, Miss<br />

Downey. She let everyone have a look. Our<br />

class was really interested, so Miss Downey<br />

said we could start a worm farm.<br />

First, we found out about worms and worm<br />

farms. A worm farm can be just a box<br />

where special worms live. <strong>The</strong>se worms<br />

are called composting worms. <strong>The</strong>y eat<br />

food scraps and turn them into ‘plant food’<br />

which you can put in the ground to help<br />

plants grow.<br />

Next, we bought some big plastic boxes<br />

with lids. Miss Downey cut some holes in<br />

them. <strong>The</strong>n we put some newspaper and soil into the boxes. We<br />

collected our food scraps and put them into the boxes. <strong>The</strong>n we got<br />

some worms from a shop. We put them in the boxes, too.<br />

Now we have lots of worms. <strong>The</strong>y eat all our food scraps. We have<br />

started a class vegetable garden, too. We put the worm ‘poo’ into the<br />

garden. It is great for helping plants to grow.<br />

All this from one little worm!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (39)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

Worms that can eat food scraps and make plant food<br />

are called:<br />

(a) farming worms.<br />

(b) composting worms.<br />

(c) poo worms.<br />

2.<br />

What made the class so interested in worms?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y read about worms.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y looked at a real worm.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y made a vegetable garden.<br />

3.<br />

Composting worms are good for vegetable gardens because:<br />

(a) their ‘poo’ helps plants to grow.<br />

(b) they are small.<br />

(c) they eat food scraps.<br />

4.<br />

<strong>The</strong> children brought a worm into class because they:<br />

(a) thought their teacher might be interested.<br />

(b) wanted their teacher to get rid of it.<br />

(c) wanted to keep it as a pet.<br />

5.<br />

<strong>The</strong> author thinks that worms are:<br />

(a) yucky.<br />

(b) slimy.<br />

(c) useful.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 4, it means:<br />

(a) the vegetable garden.<br />

(b) worm poo.<br />

(c) food scraps.<br />

Something extra<br />

• Write a list of things you need<br />

to start a worm farm.<br />

• Write two other words with the<br />

same sound as ‘or’ in ‘worm’.


Orange 10<br />

Dolphin daze<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

At the beach one day, I was<br />

having lunch with my family. I was<br />

just about to eat my sandwich when a bird<br />

took it and flew off! ‘Hey!’ I yelled. ‘Come back<br />

with my lunch!’ I got up and ran after the bird.<br />

I was looking up, so I didn’t see the big wave coming. Crash!<br />

It took me into the water. Under I went. Round and round I went.<br />

When I finally came up, I was far from the shore. I tried to swim back,<br />

but I wasn’t getting very far. I needed help!<br />

<strong>The</strong>n in the water next to me I saw a fin. Oh, no! A shark! I was going to<br />

be a shark’s lunch! A long grey nose popped up next to me. I saw a<br />

smile and a friendly eye. It was a dolphin! <strong>The</strong>n the eye winked at me.<br />

And in my head I heard, ‘Hold onto my fin. I’ll help you’.<br />

Was the dolphin talking to me? I wasn’t sure, but I held onto its fin. It<br />

took me back to shore. When I felt sand under my feet, I stood up.<br />

‘Thanks!’ I said to the dolphin. It winked again and swam away.<br />

I found my family and told them what had happened.<br />

‘Sure, darling. That’s a nice story’, said Mum. ‘Now off you go and play.’<br />

‘But it’s all true, Mum!’ I said.<br />

‘It really happened!’<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

8<br />

Didn’t it? Or was it just a<br />

daydream?<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (40)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word from Paragraph 2 means the land next to the water?<br />

(a) shore<br />

(b) wave<br />

(c) sandy<br />

Which paragraph tells us how the author was rescued?<br />

(a) Paragraph 2<br />

(b) Paragraph 3<br />

(c) Paragraph 4<br />

Dolphins and sharks both:<br />

(a) have friendly eyes.<br />

(b) have fins.<br />

(c) help people.<br />

Next time the author goes to the beach, he or she might:<br />

(a) be afraid to go close to the water.<br />

(b) take cake, not sandwiches.<br />

(c) wear sunscreen.<br />

Which sentence is an opinion, not a fact?<br />

(a) Dolphins are nice.<br />

(b) Dolphins have fins.<br />

(c) Sometimes there are big waves<br />

at the beach.<br />

In Paragraph 2, it is used instead of:<br />

(a) the shore.<br />

(b) the big wave.<br />

(c) water.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw a dolphin. Label<br />

it with the parts told<br />

about in the story.<br />

H Write a short story<br />

about being rescued<br />

by a different animal.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Green 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Titanic was a big ship called an ocean liner. It took more than<br />

two years to build. When it was finished in 1911, it was the biggest<br />

passenger ship that had ever been built.<br />

Titanic had a swimming pool, gym and cafe. It was built with the best<br />

technology for that time. Many people thought the Titanic was so<br />

good, it was ‘unsinkable’.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re were 2240 people on Titanic’s first voyage. Some of these<br />

people were very rich and famous. This first trip was also to be<br />

Titanic’s last.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Just before midnight, a few days into the trip, Titanic hit a large<br />

iceberg. <strong>The</strong> iceberg cut a big hole in the ship and, three hours later,<br />

it sank to the ocean floor.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re were not enough lifeboats on Titanic and 1517 men, women<br />

and children died in the freezing water.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sinking of Titanic is one of the worst sea disasters in history.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (41)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 4 means a large<br />

piece of ice floating in the sea?<br />

(a) liner<br />

(b) iceberg<br />

(c) sank<br />

An ocean liner is a ship for carrying:<br />

(a) animals.<br />

(b) wheat and wool.<br />

(c) people.<br />

Which paragraph tells why Titanic sank?<br />

(a) Paragraph 4<br />

(b) Paragraph 3<br />

(c) Paragraph 2<br />

Titanic sank in:<br />

(a) warm water.<br />

(b) stormy water.<br />

(c) very cold water.<br />

Titanic sank because it:<br />

(a) was too heavy.<br />

(b) hit an iceberg.<br />

(c) was too big.<br />

In Paragraph 4, it is used instead of:<br />

(a) the iceberg.<br />

(b) Titanic.<br />

(c) water.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H <strong>The</strong> wreck of Titanic<br />

was found in the North<br />

Atlantic Ocean in 1985.<br />

Draw what you think<br />

the wreck might have<br />

looked like.<br />

H List five other kinds of<br />

water transport.


Green 2<br />

<strong>The</strong> biggest animal on Earth<br />

1 Blue whales are the biggest animals on Earth. <strong>The</strong>y can grow to over<br />

30 metres long. That’s longer than two buses! Blue whales are thought<br />

to be bigger than any dinosaur that lived on Earth.<br />

2<br />

3<br />

A blue whale’s heart is as big as a small car. Its tongue is as heavy<br />

as an elephant. Even the sounds blue whales make are ‘big’. A blue<br />

whale can make sounds under water that are louder than a jet plane<br />

taking off.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> biggest animal in the world eats one<br />

of the smallest. Blue whales mostly eat krill,<br />

which are tiny sea animals about as big as<br />

your thumb. A blue whale can eat up to 40<br />

million krill in one day!<br />

4<br />

<strong>The</strong>re used to be many blue whales. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

humans hunted them until there were almost<br />

none left. Now, many people work to protect<br />

these gentle giants.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (42)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word hunted in Paragraph 4 means:<br />

(a) protected.<br />

(b) caught and killed.<br />

(c) followed.<br />

What do blue whales mostly eat?<br />

(a) seals<br />

(b) fish<br />

(c) krill<br />

A blue whale can grow bigger than:<br />

(a) any other animal on Earth.<br />

(b) a line of buses.<br />

(c) a city.<br />

A blue whale’s heart and a small car are the same:<br />

(a) colour.<br />

(b) size.<br />

(c) shape.<br />

Blue whales make:<br />

(a) no noise.<br />

(b) a little noise.<br />

(c) lots of noise.<br />

In Paragraph 4, them is used<br />

instead of:<br />

(a) humans.<br />

(b) whales.<br />

(c) blue whales.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a list of other large<br />

animals that live in the sea.<br />

H Draw a blue whale and a<br />

dinosaur.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Green 3<br />

Go Blue!<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Each year we have a sports day<br />

at school. Yesterday, it was our<br />

sports day for this year. Every class<br />

was there, even the smallest kids.<br />

Like last year, it was on the school<br />

sportsground.<br />

We sat with our sports groups in big<br />

tents. My sports group wears blue.<br />

Mum let me put blue hair spray<br />

in my hair! We cheered and sang<br />

songs for our team.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re were lots of different races. Some of them were running races.<br />

Others were funny, like the sack race. People had to jump in big sacks.<br />

It was funny because lots of people fell over. Some of the teachers did<br />

the sack race, too. I laughed so hard when my teacher, Ms Mack,<br />

fell over!<br />

I was in two races. One was a relay. I ran with three other kids from Blue<br />

group against other kids from our class. We came third out of seven<br />

teams! That was pretty good.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> other one was the 100 metres race. I felt very nervous before the<br />

race. Some of the kids in my class are very fast! But I ran really fast<br />

and came second! In the end, Blue team had the most points! It was a<br />

good day.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (43)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 5 means feeling scared and excited?<br />

(a) happy<br />

(b) cheer<br />

(c) nervous<br />

<strong>The</strong> 100 metres race is a:<br />

(a) sack race.<br />

(b) relay race.<br />

(c) running race.<br />

Next year, the writer might:<br />

(a) not want to go to sports day.<br />

(b) look forward to sports day.<br />

(c) use red hair spray.<br />

Which words best tell what the writer is like?<br />

(a) a fast runner<br />

(b) a good swimmer<br />

(c) a funny person<br />

How did the writer feel about the sports day?<br />

(a) happy<br />

(b) sad<br />

(c) bored<br />

In Paragraph 4, we is used instead of:<br />

(a) the class.<br />

(b) Blue’s relay team.<br />

(c) other kids.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H <strong>The</strong> writer felt happy and<br />

nervous on sports day.<br />

Write five other feelings a<br />

person might have at a<br />

sports day.<br />

H Draw something you<br />

remember from your last<br />

sports day.


Green 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

hat hall we call him?<br />

When we got our puppy<br />

From the dog pound nearby<br />

We had to try to find a name<br />

For the fluffy little guy.<br />

Mum looked on the internet<br />

For interesting dog names.<br />

She found lots of funny ones<br />

Like T-Rex, Jaws and Flames.<br />

Some of the most popular names<br />

Were Max, Sam, Jake and Charlie<br />

Bella, Monty and Buster, too<br />

As well as Blue and Harley.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

But we wanted to call our dog<br />

A really different name.<br />

So we had to keep thinking<br />

Until the answer came.<br />

Our puppy liked to take things<br />

Like clothes and purses, then he would<br />

Hide them all in the garden ...<br />

So—we called him Robin Hood!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (44)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word in Verse 1 means a place for<br />

keeping stray animals?<br />

(a) garden<br />

(b) pound<br />

(c) purse<br />

Which name did a lot of dogs have?<br />

(a) T-Rex<br />

(b) Max<br />

(c) Robin Hood<br />

<strong>The</strong> family called the dog Robin Hood<br />

because it:<br />

(a) was green.<br />

(b) took things like the storybook<br />

character, Robin Hood, did.<br />

(c) was a popular name.<br />

Why did the dog take clothes and purses?<br />

(a) It took them to eat.<br />

(b) It wanted to give them to the poor.<br />

(c) It was a playful puppy.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Which sentence is a fact?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> dog was very bad.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> dog hid things in the garden.<br />

(c) Naming a dog is hard.<br />

In Paragraph 5, them is used instead of:<br />

(a) the family.<br />

(b) the puppy.<br />

(c) the clothes and purses.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write other clever names<br />

the family could have<br />

called the dog.<br />

H Draw what you think<br />

the puppy might have<br />

looked like.


Green 5<br />

Raptor<br />

When we think of dinosaurs, we often think of great big animals.<br />

But the raptor (or velociraptor) was quite small. It was only<br />

about as big as a turkey!<br />

<strong>The</strong> raptor was like a turkey in other<br />

ways, too. It moved on two legs and<br />

had feathers. It also had a tail.<br />

But raptors were also very different<br />

from turkeys. Raptors had two big<br />

‘hands’ with three sharp claws.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y also had three toes on<br />

each foot with very sharp<br />

claws, as well as a ‘spur’. <strong>The</strong><br />

claws were used to cut and<br />

kill other animals. Raptors<br />

were meat eaters.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Foot of a velociraptor<br />

Even with its big claws, a raptor could run very fast. And it was quite<br />

a clever dinosaur. For its small size, it had quite a big brain.<br />

This fast, smart animal, with its sharp teeth and claws, was a<br />

small but deadly dinosaur!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (45)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 5 means able to kill something?<br />

(a) smart<br />

(b) deadly<br />

(c) kill<br />

Raptors had:<br />

(a) two feet with one claw.<br />

(b) three hands with two toes.<br />

(c) two hands with three claws.<br />

Why was the raptor so deadly?<br />

It had:<br />

(a) lots of teeth and legs.<br />

(b) sharp claws and teeth.<br />

(c) claws and a tail.<br />

A raptor was like a turkey because it:<br />

(a) had feathers and a beak.<br />

(b) had sharp claws and teeth.<br />

(c) was small, with two legs and feathers.<br />

Standing next to you, a raptor would be about as high as:<br />

(a) your chest.<br />

(b) the top of your leg.<br />

(c) your head.<br />

In Paragraph 3, they is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) turkeys.<br />

(b) raptor hands.<br />

(c) raptors.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw your favourite dinosaur and<br />

write how it was different from or<br />

similar to the raptor.<br />

H Write the names of four other animals<br />

that have sharp teeth and claws.


Green 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Thousands of years ago, kids didn’t have<br />

electronic games. So what did they play<br />

with? One toy they had is still around<br />

today. That toy is the marble!<br />

If you’ve never seen marbles, they are<br />

really just small, hard balls. <strong>The</strong> name<br />

probably comes from the hard stone<br />

they were once made from—marble.<br />

Today, most marbles are made in factories, from glass. <strong>The</strong>y come in<br />

different colours and sizes and have different names. Big marbles are<br />

sometimes called ‘kings’, ‘king kongs’, ‘shooters’ or ‘mashers’.<br />

One marble game is called ‘keepsies’ (or ‘for keeps’). All the players<br />

put their marbles inside a circle. <strong>The</strong>n one player uses his or her thumb<br />

and fingers to flick one of the marbles. If it hits<br />

someone else’s marble out of the circle, the<br />

player can keep that marble.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are many other marble games<br />

people play around the world.<br />

Next time you are looking for<br />

something to do, maybe you<br />

can try playing marbles!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (46)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 3 means<br />

places where things are made?<br />

(a) colours<br />

(b) glass<br />

(c) factories<br />

One way to flick marbles is with:<br />

(a) your toes.<br />

(b) your thumb and fingers.<br />

(c) elastic bands.<br />

Which paragraph tells the reader<br />

where marbles are made today?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1<br />

(b) Paragraph 3<br />

(c) Paragraph 5<br />

Marbles got their name from:<br />

(a) the place they come from.<br />

(b) how they roll.<br />

(c) a kind of stone used to make them.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Which sentence is a fact?<br />

(a) Marbles are fun.<br />

(b) Marbles are usually made of glass.<br />

(c) Flicking marbles is tricky.<br />

In Paragraph 3, they is used instead of:<br />

(a) factories.<br />

(b) marbles.<br />

(c) sizes.<br />

• Write four other words<br />

ending in ‘ble’ like marble.<br />

• Write four other games you<br />

know that use small balls.


Red Green 7 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong><br />

monster<br />

under my bed<br />

Just after Mum said goodnight, I heard a noise under my bed.<br />

‘Not again!’ I thought. <strong>The</strong> monster under my bed was back!<br />

When I was little, I used to think there was a monster under my bed.<br />

I had needed a night-light to sleep. I made Mum and Dad check<br />

under the bed before I went to sleep each night. I was older now.<br />

I didn’t need a night-light! Or did I?<br />

I was starting to get scared. But I knew I had to do<br />

something. Trying to be quiet, I moved slowly to the<br />

edge of my bed. ‘Woof! Woof!’ Holly, my dog,<br />

barked outside and made me jump. It also<br />

made the monster move!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Holding the edge of my bed, I lay frozen.<br />

<strong>The</strong> monster was coming out! I saw a<br />

claw. <strong>The</strong>n one black, hairy arm, and<br />

another. <strong>The</strong>n a pink nose and two<br />

yellow eyes. It was my cat!<br />

‘Jingles!’ I said. ‘You scared me!’<br />

I gave her a cuddle, then went<br />

back to bed ... with the light on!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (47)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word edge in Paragraph 4 means:<br />

(a) the side or end of something.<br />

(b) the blanket on top of a bed.<br />

(c) something shaped like a triangle.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 5 is:<br />

(a) the writer was scared.<br />

(b) the monster was hairy.<br />

(c) the monster was really a cat.<br />

What happened after the dog barked?<br />

(a) She heard a noise under her bed.<br />

(b) She tried to be quiet.<br />

(c) She jumped.<br />

What caused the writer to go back to<br />

bed with the light on?<br />

(a) She was still a bit scared.<br />

(b) She wanted to read.<br />

(c) She was not tired.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks that:<br />

(a) cats are scary.<br />

(b) all cats are monsters.<br />

(c) monsters are scary.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

In Paragraph 5, her is used instead of:<br />

(a) the dog.<br />

(b) Jingles, the cat.<br />

(c) the writer’s mum.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H If there was a monster<br />

under your bed, what<br />

might it look like?<br />

Draw a picture.<br />

H What other things are<br />

people afraid of in the<br />

dark? List three things.


Green 8<br />

You will need:<br />

• a coin<br />

• a clear glass<br />

• 2 pieces of paper (the same colour)<br />

• a handkerchief<br />

• sticky tape and scissors<br />

Before the trick:<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Trace the top of the glass onto one piece of paper.<br />

Cut the circle out.<br />

Tape the circle onto the top of the glass.<br />

<strong>The</strong> trick:<br />

Step 1. Put the glass upside down on the other piece of paper.<br />

Step 2. Tell your friends you are going to made a coin disappear.<br />

Step 3. Put the coin next to the glass on the paper.<br />

Step 4. Put the handkerchief over the glass.<br />

Step 5. Say a magic word and slide the glass on top of the coin.<br />

Step 6. Now the coin is hidden under the paper on the glass.<br />

Take the handkerchief off.<br />

Step 7. It will look like the coin has gone!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (48)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing<br />

Step 3<br />

Step 5<br />

Step7


Questions<br />

1.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word clear means:<br />

(a) it has been washed.<br />

(b) you can see through it.<br />

(c) it is good.<br />

2. 2 Some cutting needs to be done:<br />

(a) before the trick.<br />

(b) in the middle of the trick.<br />

(c) after the trick.<br />

3. 3 At the end of the trick, the coin:<br />

(a) has gone.<br />

(b) looks like it has gone.<br />

(c) has changed into paper.<br />

4. 4 Which step tells how to hide<br />

the coin?<br />

(a) Step 6<br />

(b) Step 5<br />

(c) Step 7<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5. 5 Friends watching the trick might be:<br />

(a) surprised.<br />

(b) angry.<br />

(c) bored.<br />

6. 6 What makes the coin look like it<br />

has gone?<br />

(a) the paper on the glass<br />

(b) magic<br />

(c) the hanky<br />

H Draw your favourite<br />

step in the coin trick.<br />

H Write a sentence<br />

using words with the ‘oi’<br />

sound (as in coin):<br />

boil spoil<br />

soil join


Green 9<br />

Time machine<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

My brother, Dexter, had always been a bit<br />

odd. He collected all sorts of junk. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

he made things with it in Dad’s shed. He<br />

never played outside or watched TV.<br />

One day I was on the computer when<br />

Dexter ran into the room.<br />

‘I’ve done it!’ he shouted.<br />

‘Done what?’ I asked.<br />

‘Finished my time machine! Come on!’<br />

I followed him to the shed. Inside was a big<br />

metal thing with wires. It had a door, which<br />

was open.<br />

‘That’s it?’ I asked, having a closer look.<br />

‘Yes, yes, my time machine ... it’s ready to be tested!’ he said.<br />

‘What do you mean, “tested”?’ I asked. ‘How can it be finished if you<br />

don’t even know if it works yet?’<br />

My brother frowned and moved towards me. ‘Oh, I think it works … I<br />

just need to do one last thing!’ He grabbed me and pushed me inside<br />

the machine.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

‘Hey!’ I yelled. But it was too late. <strong>The</strong> door banged shut. <strong>The</strong>re was a<br />

loud buzzing sound and a big bump, then everything went black …<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (49)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

If time machines were real, they could:<br />

(a) take people into the past or the future.<br />

(b) fix clocks and watches.<br />

(c) be good for playing sports.<br />

<strong>The</strong> time machine was made of:<br />

(a) wires and doors.<br />

(b) metal and wires.<br />

(c) metal and wood.<br />

Who made the time machine?<br />

(a) the writer<br />

(b) the writer’s dad<br />

(c) the writer’s brother<br />

What was the writer doing before he saw<br />

the time machine?<br />

(a) playing outside<br />

(b) playing on the computer<br />

(c) watching TV inside<br />

Which words best tell what Dexter was like?<br />

(a) gentle and nice<br />

(b) clever but mean<br />

(c) sporty and nasty<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 1, it is used instead of:<br />

(a) the junk.<br />

(b) the machine.<br />

(c) the shed.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw what you think the time<br />

machine looked like. Label it.<br />

H Write what you think<br />

happened next.


Green 10<br />

Because an ant got mad<br />

1 Once there was an ant who made a wall fall.<br />

How did he do it, this insect so small?<br />

2 Well, as Adam Ant walked in the park<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

So did a dog with its master, named Mark.<br />

When Mark sat down, he just missed Adam’s head,<br />

Adam Ant was so cross he bit Mark on the leg.<br />

Mark jumped up, landing on his dog’s tail.<br />

<strong>The</strong> startled dog sped off with a wail.<br />

It ran to the lake as some ducks swam by.<br />

<strong>The</strong> ducks got scared and flew into the sky.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y flapped right into a hot-air balloon<br />

Going for its daily trip at noon.<br />

<strong>The</strong> balloon burst with a ‘pop’ and fell down<br />

On top of a truck driving into the town.<br />

<strong>The</strong> truck driver could not see or stop!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

He drove off the street and just missed a shop.<br />

He crashed into a wall, which fell—how sad!<br />

And all because a little ant got mad!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (50)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which word in Verse 2 means the owner of an animal?<br />

(a) driver<br />

(b) master<br />

(c) head<br />

<strong>The</strong> word startled in Verse 3 means:<br />

(a) suddenly surprised or scared.<br />

(b) hurt.<br />

(c) chasing animals.<br />

<strong>The</strong> ducks flew into the balloon<br />

because they were:<br />

(a) exercising.<br />

(b) mad.<br />

(c) scared.<br />

What happened just before the<br />

truck crashed?<br />

(a) A dog chased it.<br />

(b) A balloon fell on it.<br />

(c) It hit a shop.<br />

What sort of text is this?<br />

(a) a report<br />

(b) a story<br />

(c) a poem<br />

In Verse 3, it is used instead of:<br />

(a) the ant.<br />

(b) the dog.<br />

(c) a duck.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw one of the verses.<br />

H Write what you think the<br />

driver thought when a<br />

balloon landed on his truck.


Purple 1<br />

<strong>The</strong> wind and the sun<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

One fine day, long ago, the wind and<br />

the sun were having an argument.<br />

‘I’m stronger than you’, said the wind.<br />

He blew out a puff of wind to show off.<br />

‘I’m stronger than you’, said the sun.<br />

He shot out a ray of sunshine to show off.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y kept arguing and couldn’t decide who was the stronger. Suddenly,<br />

they saw a man walking down the road. He was wearing a jacket. This<br />

gave them an idea. <strong>The</strong>y agreed that whoever was able to make the<br />

man take off his jacket would be the stronger.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> wind went first, so the sun hid behind a cloud. <strong>The</strong> wind began to<br />

blow as hard as he could. He huffed and puffed and tried to get the<br />

man to take off his jacket. But the harder he blew the tighter the man<br />

held on to it.<br />

6<br />

7<br />

<strong>The</strong>n it was the sun’s turn. He came out from behind the cloud and<br />

beamed brightly. He beamed brighter and brighter. <strong>The</strong> man became<br />

hotter and hotter. Soon he was too hot in his jacket and took it off.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sun was the stronger!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (51)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 6, what does the word beamed mean?<br />

(a) smiled<br />

(b) blew<br />

(c) shone<br />

Who huffed and puffed in the story?<br />

(a) the man<br />

(b) the wind<br />

(c) the sun<br />

What happened after the sun and the wind saw the man?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> sun came out from behind the cloud.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> wind and the sun showed off to each other.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> wind and the sun argued.<br />

What happened first to the man in the jacket?<br />

(a) He wrapped his jacket around himself tightly.<br />

(b) He began to get hot.<br />

(c) He took off his jacket.<br />

What made the man take off his jacket?<br />

(a) the strong wind<br />

(b) the long walk<br />

(c) the heat of the sun<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 4, he means the:<br />

(a) wind.<br />

(b) sun.<br />

(c) man.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a list of ways to say warm.<br />

H Make a list of ways to stay cool.


Purple 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

You need:<br />

1 pack of <strong>cards</strong><br />

What to do:<br />

Hold all the <strong>cards</strong> in a pile,<br />

face down.<br />

Flip the bottom card over so it faces up.<br />

Hold the pile of <strong>cards</strong> and ask<br />

someone to take any card.<br />

Ask the person to look at it and to<br />

remember it.<br />

As he or she looks at the card, turn<br />

the pile over. Make sure no-one<br />

sees you! Now the bottom card is<br />

on the top. It is facing down. But<br />

the rest of the <strong>cards</strong> are facing up.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Ask the person to put the card<br />

back in the pile. It will be put in<br />

face down.<br />

Look for the card. It will be the one<br />

turned the other way. Find it and<br />

reveal it to your friends. <strong>The</strong>y will<br />

be amazed!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (52)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Red 2<br />

<strong>The</strong> word reveal in Step 7 means:<br />

(a) hide.<br />

(b) return.<br />

(c) show.<br />

<strong>The</strong> pile needs to be turned over when:<br />

(a) no-one is there.<br />

(b) no-one is looking.<br />

(c) you finish the trick.<br />

<strong>The</strong> bottom card needs to<br />

be turned over:<br />

(a) before the trick.<br />

(b) after the trick.<br />

(c) on Friday.<br />

This text tells the reader how to:<br />

(a) play a card game.<br />

(b) do a card trick.<br />

(c) remember <strong>cards</strong>.<br />

Which answer is a fact, not an opinion?<br />

This magic trick:<br />

(a) is fun.<br />

(b) uses <strong>cards</strong>.<br />

(c) is real magic.<br />

H A person who does magic is<br />

called a magician.<br />

In the last sentence, they means:<br />

H What do we call a person who<br />

fixes cars? paints pictures?<br />

(a) the <strong>cards</strong>.<br />

cuts hair?<br />

(b) your friends.<br />

H A group of <strong>cards</strong> is called a<br />

(c) your eyes.<br />

pack or deck. Write three other<br />

things that come in a pack.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Purple 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Cloud spotting<br />

Clouds form in the sky. Tiny water droplets join together to make a<br />

cloud. When the water droplets get too heavy, it rains, hails or snows.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are three main types of clouds—‘cirrus’, ‘cumulus’ and ‘stratus’.<br />

Cirrus clouds form high in the sky. <strong>The</strong> word ‘cirrus’ means ‘tuft’ or ‘curl<br />

of hair’. <strong>The</strong>se clouds look like white, wispy curls of hair and are made<br />

of thin ice crystals.<br />

Cumulus clouds are big and fluffy. <strong>The</strong> word ‘cumulus’ means ‘a heap’<br />

or ‘pile’. <strong>The</strong>y can be white and look like cotton balls, or grey, which<br />

means it may rain. Cumulus clouds form when warm, moist air is<br />

forced upward. As the air rises, it cools and makes clouds.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Stratus clouds form low in the sky. <strong>The</strong> word ‘stratus’ means to ‘spread<br />

out’. <strong>The</strong>y are in layers and look like a flat blanket across the sky.<br />

Stratus clouds form when a layer of warm, moist air passes over a<br />

layer of cool air. <strong>The</strong>y can be white or grey. If they are grey, it means it<br />

may rain.<br />

6<br />

Other clouds are a mixture or variation of these three cloud types.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (53)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

What are clouds made from?<br />

(a) hair<br />

(b) cotton<br />

(c) water droplets<br />

<strong>The</strong> word form in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) take shape.<br />

(b) a paper with blank spaces.<br />

(c) can be seen.<br />

Paragraph 2 tells about:<br />

(a) the three main types of clouds.<br />

(b) cirrus clouds.<br />

(c) stratus clouds.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word <strong>The</strong>y in Paragraph 4 means:<br />

(a) cumulus clouds.<br />

(b) cotton balls.<br />

(c) water droplets.<br />

<strong>The</strong> lowest clouds are:<br />

(a) cirrus clouds.<br />

(b) cumulus clouds.<br />

(c) stratus clouds.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

6. Grey clouds mean:<br />

H Look out the window. Draw the<br />

clouds you can see. Write the<br />

(a) the water is dirty.<br />

name of the cloud under your<br />

(b) the clouds are heavy.<br />

picture.<br />

(c) it may rain.<br />

H Write five words which begin<br />

with ‘cl’.<br />

H Write a poem about clouds.


Purple 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Cows have one large stomach, but it has four separate parts. Animals<br />

with four parts in their stomach are called ruminants. Other ruminants<br />

are giraffes, deer, sheep and goats. Ruminants eat fast and store<br />

large amounts of grass or foliage in their stomachs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first part, called the rumen, stores and softens food. This is where<br />

‘cud’ comes from. Cud is food that cows swallow, partly digest, bring<br />

up and chew again. Cows may chew their cud for up to eight hours<br />

a day.<br />

Cows sometimes accidentally swallow bits of fences and metal. <strong>The</strong><br />

second, and smallest, part of the stomach collects these materials.<br />

This prevents the cow from getting hurt. It is called the reticulum.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> third part acts like a filter. It takes in water and gets the nutrients<br />

from food. It is called the omasum. Cows drink about a bathtub full of<br />

water each day.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fourth part is like a human stomach. This is where the final stage<br />

of digestion occurs. It is called the abomasum.<br />

<strong>The</strong> stomach of a cow is so large that it can be one-third of the weight<br />

of an adult cow.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (54)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

A ruminant is:<br />

(a) an animal with four parts to its stomach.<br />

(b) leftovers from dinner.<br />

(c) garbage.<br />

Cud comes from:<br />

(a) the omasum.<br />

(b) the rumen.<br />

(c) the bathtub.<br />

Which paragraph tells<br />

about the reticulum?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1<br />

(b) Paragraph 4<br />

(c) Paragraph 3<br />

Which part of a cow’s<br />

stomach is like a filter?<br />

(a) the second part<br />

(b) the third part<br />

(c) the first part<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in<br />

Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) cows.<br />

(b) the stomach.<br />

(c) horses.<br />

Cows need:<br />

(a) very little water.<br />

(b) no water at all.<br />

(c) lots of water.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Find a rhyme, poem, story<br />

or riddle about a cow to<br />

read to yourself.<br />

H Investigate different<br />

breeds of cows. Draw<br />

pictures to show the<br />

different colours and<br />

patterns.


Purple 5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Upside-down houses<br />

All the houses in my street look the same. <strong>The</strong> roofs are straight and<br />

point to the sky. <strong>The</strong> walls, windows and doors are straight. <strong>The</strong> fences<br />

stand in straight lines. Even the garages and letterboxes have straight<br />

lines! Wouldn’t it be better if some houses were different!<br />

Imagine a house with the roof on the bottom. Imagine the floor on the<br />

top. A curvy letterbox could sit on top of the floor. <strong>The</strong> front door could<br />

be at the back. <strong>The</strong>re could be lots of curvy lines and circles. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

houses would not look like other houses at all. <strong>The</strong>y would be very<br />

different. I think upside-down houses would be the best houses of all!<br />

What if you lived in a two-storey house and it was upside down? You<br />

would have to walk up the stairs to go down, and go down the stairs to<br />

go up! When you wanted to slide down the railing, you would have to<br />

pull yourself up! That wouldn’t be much fun at all!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

What if you slept in bunk beds? You would have to climb down from<br />

the top bunk to the bottom bunk to climb up on top! You would have<br />

to climb up onto the top bunk to get down to the bottom bunk!<br />

Perhaps upside-down houses would not be that much fun after all. But<br />

I wonder how different houses would be if more colours or different<br />

materials were used to make them. Yellow bamboo houses? Pink and<br />

purple plastic houses?<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (55)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> houses in the writer’s street all<br />

have<br />

lines.<br />

(a) straight<br />

(b) zigzag<br />

(c) curved<br />

Paragraph 1 says that all houses in<br />

the street are:<br />

(a) different.<br />

(b) the same.<br />

(c) new.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word curvy in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) flat.<br />

(b) wavy.<br />

(c) rounded.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks upside-down houses<br />

may not be fun because they would:<br />

(a) be difficult to live in.<br />

(b) have curvy letterboxes.<br />

(c) be different.<br />

This text was written to:<br />

(a) tell some facts.<br />

(b) entertain.<br />

(c) write a report.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 3 means:<br />

(a) the two-storey house.<br />

(b) railings.<br />

(c) the roof.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw a design for<br />

a house built from<br />

unusual materials.<br />

H Draw your house and<br />

use unusual colours to<br />

complete it.


Purple 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

A natural satellite is a body in space which moves around a planet.<br />

<strong>The</strong> moon is our closest neighbour in space. It is the Earth’s only<br />

natural satellite.<br />

In 1969, astronauts landed on the moon. It was the first time that<br />

people had been to the moon. When Neil Armstrong stepped onto<br />

the moon, he said, ‘That’s one small step for [a] man, one giant leap<br />

for mankind’.<br />

On Earth, we always see the same side of the moon. If you look<br />

carefully, you can see light and dark parts. <strong>The</strong> higher, lighter areas<br />

have many craters.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> moon has no atmosphere to protect it. This allows asteroids,<br />

comets and meteorites to crash onto its surface and make craters.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no air on the moon. Soundwaves need air to travel, so the<br />

moon is a silent place.<br />

<strong>The</strong> moon doesn’t belong to anyone. An agreement among the<br />

countries on Earth protects the moon. It says the moon can only be<br />

explored for peaceful activities.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (56)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

What is a satellite?<br />

(a) a smaller body which circles a planet<br />

(b) a dance step<br />

(c) Earth<br />

Neil Armstrong was:<br />

(a) the man who lived on the moon.<br />

(b) an astronaut.<br />

(c) a singer.<br />

Paragraph 4 tells:<br />

(a) who the moon belongs to.<br />

(b) about the different parts of the moon.<br />

(c) about the moon’s atmosphere.<br />

4.<br />

Which is an opinion?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> moon is beautiful.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>re are craters on the moon.<br />

(c) It is silent on the moon.<br />

5.<br />

Neil Armstrong thought his trip to<br />

the moon was:<br />

(a) very dangerous.<br />

(b) very important.<br />

(c) very long.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word it is used<br />

instead of:<br />

(a) the atmosphere.<br />

(b) the surface.<br />

(c) the moon.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Write five words<br />

to rhyme with<br />

‘moon’.<br />

H Make a list of<br />

‘natural’ things<br />

you can see.<br />

H Write a short<br />

story about a<br />

visit you have<br />

made to the<br />

moon.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Red 7<br />

Purple 7<br />

Cat alarm<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Once upon a time, the mice had a meeting to think<br />

up some ways to outsmart their enemy—the cat. Many<br />

different ideas were suggested and discussed.<br />

Finally, one young mouse said, ‘Listen everyone, I have<br />

the perfect answer to our problem’. All the mice pricked<br />

up their ears to listen.<br />

‘Our main worry is that the cat sneaks up on us quietly. We can’t hear<br />

her coming’, he said. ‘If we could work out a signal to let us know<br />

when she is coming, we could run away and hide.’<br />

‘If we get a small bell and place it on a piece of ribbon, we could<br />

hang it around her neck. This will tell us when she is coming and we<br />

could easily hide until she goes away’, he explained.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

All the mice thought this was a wonderful idea. <strong>The</strong>y clapped very<br />

loudly.<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Finally, a wise old mouse spoke. ‘That sounds like a clever idea,’ he<br />

said, ‘but who is going to put the bell on the ribbon around the cat’s<br />

neck?’<br />

All the mice looked at each other but no-one spoke. No-one raised a<br />

paw to volunteer, either.<br />

No-one suggested the bell alarm for the cat again.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (57)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word outsmart in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) trick.<br />

(b) outside.<br />

(c) hurt.<br />

Who suggested putting a bell on the cat?<br />

(a) a wise old mouse<br />

(b) a young mouse<br />

(c) the dogs<br />

<strong>The</strong> cat is:<br />

(a) male.<br />

(b) female.<br />

(c) can’t tell.<br />

Which paragraph tells how the cat alarm<br />

would work?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1<br />

(b) Paragraph 2<br />

(c) Paragraph 4<br />

No-one wanted to put the bell on the cat<br />

because:<br />

(a) it would be dangerous.<br />

(b) the young mouse was going to do it.<br />

(c) the wise old mouse was going to do it.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> mice didn’t know the cat was coming<br />

because:<br />

(a) they didn’t listen.<br />

(b) she crept up quietly.<br />

(c) they weren’t looking.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Design a simple<br />

alarm for your pet.<br />

H Draw a picture of<br />

your favourite cat<br />

from a story or<br />

cartoon.


Card 58<br />

Purple 8<br />

Computer<br />

curse<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

David tore away the box around the computer and helped his dad<br />

to set it up. When it was switched on, David browsed through the<br />

programs and documents on the computer.<br />

‘Open at your own peril!’ David read on one of the files. He opened<br />

the document and a skull appeared on the screen. Ghostly words<br />

floated across the monitor: ‘<strong>The</strong> curse is set. <strong>The</strong> warning given. Beware<br />

all users. Danger lurks’.<br />

‘Someone is playing a very bad joke’, thought David as he stared at<br />

the screen.<br />

‘Woosh!’ <strong>The</strong> sound echoed in his ears. He blinked and opened his<br />

eyes. ‘Where am I?’ he asked. He saw coloured wires and plastic and<br />

metal streets and lanes. ‘If I didn’t know better, I’d think I was actually<br />

inside the computer’, he thought. He ran down the first street and up<br />

the next. Nothing looked familiar. Nobody appeared when he called.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Heavy breathing sounded behind him. It came closer. David could<br />

feel prickling along the back of his neck. ‘Danger lurks’, he thought.<br />

He bolted as fast as he could. He ran until he couldn’t run any further.<br />

‘I’ve got to think of something. If this was a computer virus or corrupt<br />

program, what would I do?’ he thought. Finally, an idea occurred to<br />

him.<br />

6<br />

He searched for a blue door with the words ‘Quit program’ written on it<br />

and raced quickly through it.<br />

Step 3<br />

Step 5<br />

Step7<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (58)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

After David set up the computer<br />

and switched it on, he:<br />

(a) shut it down.<br />

(b) played a game.<br />

(c) looked through the<br />

programs and documents.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word monitor in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) a computer screen.<br />

(b) a school friend.<br />

(c) money.<br />

Paragraph 6 tells about:<br />

(a) the curse on the computer screen.<br />

(b) David’s plan to escape.<br />

(c) David being chased.<br />

<strong>The</strong> words on the blue door said:<br />

(a) ‘Quit program’.<br />

(b) ‘Danger lurks’.<br />

(c) ‘Exit’.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 5, means:<br />

(a) the screen.<br />

(b) his neck.<br />

(c) heavy breathing.<br />

What do you think is most likely to<br />

happen at the end of the story?<br />

(a) David will escape.<br />

(b) David will be caught.<br />

(c) David will close the book<br />

he is reading.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write a list of commands<br />

found on a computer;<br />

for example, edit, open,<br />

browse, delete, close,<br />

save.<br />

H Draw your own<br />

imaginary computer<br />

virus monster.


Bells, Dick Whittington<br />

and his cat<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

A long time ago, there was an orphan named Dick Whittington.<br />

Purple 9<br />

Dick decided to go to the city of London to make his fortune. Tired, cold<br />

and hungry, he fell asleep on the steps of the house of a rich merchant<br />

named Mr Fitzwarren. Kind Mr Fitzwarren gave him a job in the kitchen.<br />

One day, Dick bought a cat for a penny. <strong>The</strong> cat chased away the mice<br />

in Dick’s tiny room so he was happy.<br />

Mr Fitzwarren was getting ready to send one of his ships to a land far<br />

away. Any servant could send something of value to be traded for gold.<br />

Dick sadly sent his cat.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> cook was very mean to Dick so he ran away. When he reached<br />

the end of the city, he heard the Bow Bells ringing out, ‘Turn again,<br />

Whittington, three times Lord Mayor of London!’ Dick was amazed, but<br />

he decided to go back to work in Mr Fitzwarren’s house.<br />

6<br />

Eventually, the ship returned. Dick discovered that his cat had been<br />

sold to a king for a lot of money. His palace was overrun with mice. So<br />

Dick became a rich man. He started working with Mr Fitzwarren in his<br />

business. Later, he married his business partner’s daughter, Alice. He also<br />

became Lord Mayor of London—three times!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (59)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word orphan in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) bad.<br />

(b) a piece of fruit.<br />

(c) a child with no parents.<br />

Mr Fitzwarren was kind because he:<br />

(a) gave Dick a job.<br />

(b) was rich.<br />

(c) was old.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word he in Paragraph 3 means:<br />

(a) Dick.<br />

(b) Mr Fitzwarren.<br />

(c) the Lord Mayor of London.<br />

<strong>The</strong> cat was valuable to Dick because it:<br />

(a) had a coat of gold fur.<br />

(b) was a strange breed of cat.<br />

(c) caught many mice.<br />

Which paragraph tells how Dick found out about his future?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1<br />

(b) Paragraph 5<br />

(c) Paragraph 7<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Dick was amazed when the Bow Bells<br />

rang because:<br />

(a) he had never heard bells ring before.<br />

(b) they said he would become Lord Mayor.<br />

(c) they sounded so beautiful.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Write a sentence<br />

or two for the Bow<br />

Bells to say to you.<br />

H Find out the name<br />

of the Mayor or<br />

Lord Mayor of<br />

your city.


Purple 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Snakes are reptiles.<br />

Reptiles are cold-blooded animals with backbones. <strong>The</strong>ir body heat<br />

comes from outside of them so snakes need the sun to keep warm.<br />

Snakes have scales which feel smooth and dry. <strong>The</strong>ir special belly<br />

scales help them to grip bumps on surfaces. <strong>The</strong>n they use their muscles<br />

to push off and move.<br />

Snakes live in most areas of the world<br />

except the Arctic and Antarctica.<br />

Most snakes live on land—on the<br />

ground or up in trees—but some<br />

snakes live in the sea.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Some snakes give birth to live babies. Other snakes<br />

lay eggs. Baby snakes hatch out of the eggs.<br />

Some snakes have poisonous venom to capture or kill their prey. Others<br />

swallow their prey whole and alive. Snakes such as the python squeeze<br />

their prey to death. A few snakes have venom which is harmful or<br />

deadly to humans. Snakes cannot bite or tear their food so they must<br />

swallow it whole. After eating, snakes rest while they digest their food.<br />

Snakes shed their outer layer of skin at least once or twice a year. This<br />

gets rid of the old, worn skin as well as mites and ticks.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (60)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

What do all snakes have?<br />

(a) arms and legs, scales and cold blood<br />

(b) scales, cold blood and a backbone<br />

(c) a backbone and poisonous venom<br />

All snakes hatch from eggs.<br />

(a) true<br />

(b) false<br />

(c) too hard to tell<br />

What type of animals are snakes?<br />

(a) mammals<br />

(b) dangerous<br />

(c) reptiles<br />

Snakes are beautiful animals.<br />

(a) fact<br />

(b) opinion<br />

(c) too hard to tell<br />

<strong>The</strong> word capture in Paragraph 5, means:<br />

(a) protect.<br />

(b) catch.<br />

(c) kill.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

6.<br />

What is the main idea of Paragraph 4?<br />

(a) All snakes are poisonous.<br />

(b) All snakes are dangerous.<br />

(c) how snakes give birth<br />

H Write five words which<br />

rhyme with ‘snake’.<br />

H Write five words to<br />

describe a snake.<br />

H List as many other<br />

reptiles as you can<br />

think of.


Brown 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong> wolf in sheep’s clothing<br />

Once upon a time, there was a very<br />

annoyed wolf. No matter how hard<br />

he tried, he could not catch a young,<br />

tender lamb for a delicious meal.<br />

It was all the fault of the shepherd<br />

and his sheepdogs. <strong>The</strong>y were too<br />

good at their job! Every time the wolf<br />

crept up closer to the flock of sheep,<br />

the shepherd would spy him or the<br />

dogs would sniff his scent.<br />

He’d tried sneaking slowly through the bushes so they would hide him,<br />

but somehow he was always seen. He’d tried creeping slowly towards<br />

the flock against the breeze, so his scent would be carried away from the<br />

dogs. But somehow they still sniffed him out and chased him away.<br />

One day, as the wolf was watching the flock from the top of a hill, he<br />

noticed the skin of a sheep on the ground. <strong>The</strong> sheep must have been<br />

killed by the shepherd for meat and the woolly fleece left behind. This<br />

gave the wolf a terrific idea.<br />

‘If I put the fleece over me, I will look like a sheep’, he thought. ‘<strong>The</strong>n I<br />

can get close enough to catch a lamb for supper.’<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6<br />

His idea worked! Disguised as a sheep, the<br />

wolf managed to catch a lamb without<br />

being noticed by the shepherd or his dogs.<br />

7<br />

He tried this several times and each time it<br />

worked. But one day, just as he was about<br />

to pounce on a lamb, he felt something<br />

grab him. It was the shepherd! He was after<br />

a sheep to kill for more meat. <strong>The</strong> shepherd<br />

thought the wolf was a sheep and quickly<br />

caught and killed the sneaky wolf. And that,<br />

of course, was the end of the sneaky wolf.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (61)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> wolf was annoyed because:<br />

(a) he was hungry.<br />

(b) he couldn’t catch a lamb.<br />

(c) the lambs ran away.<br />

<strong>The</strong> wolf tried creeping up with the<br />

wind against him so the:<br />

(a) shepherd couldn’t see him.<br />

(b) dogs wouldn’t know he was<br />

coming.<br />

(c) sheep could chase him.<br />

Which paragraph explains the wolf’s<br />

good idea?<br />

(a) Paragraph 4<br />

(b) Paragraph 5<br />

(c) Paragraph 6<br />

Which word in Paragraph 7 means to<br />

leap at?<br />

(a) pounce<br />

(b) grab<br />

(c) kill<br />

What happened before the wolf disguised<br />

himself as a sheep?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> shepherd caught him.<br />

(b) He caught a lamb.<br />

(c) He found a fleece on the ground.<br />

In Paragraph 2, they means the:<br />

(a) flock of sheep.<br />

(b) wolf.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(c) shepherd and sheepdogs.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Draw yourself in a<br />

disguise.<br />

H Make a list of<br />

animals that eat<br />

other animals.


Brown 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Marvellous mucus<br />

Some people pick it, some little kids even<br />

eat it … of course I’m talking about the<br />

sticky stuff in your nose. It may seem<br />

yucky to us, but this stuff, called mucus or<br />

sometimes ‘snot’, is really good for you!<br />

Your body makes it for lots of parts of<br />

your body, like the mouth, stomach and<br />

lungs. And, of course, the nose! Your body<br />

makes about one cup of mucus, just for<br />

your nose, each day.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are little germs, bits of dust, smoke and other things in the air.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y are often too small for us to see. When you breathe in, these little<br />

bits come into your nose. <strong>The</strong> mucus in your nose traps these little bits.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n they don’t go down into your lungs and make you sick. Most of<br />

the mucus is moved to the back of the throat by little hairs called cilia.<br />

It goes into the stomach. Your stomach can kill some of the germs in<br />

the mucus and help your body get rid of the other little bits.<br />

Some of the mucus dries up in your nose. This<br />

mucus, with the bits from the air in it, makes<br />

little clumps. <strong>The</strong>se can be small or big, slimy<br />

or dry, brown or green! People sometimes<br />

call them ‘boogers’ or ‘bogeys’. <strong>The</strong> best<br />

way to get rid of these is to blow your<br />

nose. Putting a finger into your nose to pick<br />

it out just puts more germs into your nose. It<br />

is also not very healthy to put your finger in<br />

your mouth or on food if it has been in your<br />

nose.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Mucus might be yucky, but it helps to keep us<br />

healthy. Next time you see some mucus,<br />

be happy: it means your nose is<br />

working properly!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (62)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Nose mucus is sometimes called:<br />

(a) germs.<br />

(b) snot.<br />

(c) cilia.<br />

How much mucus does your body make<br />

for your nose in one week?<br />

(a) one cup<br />

(b) seven cups<br />

(c) five cups<br />

Nose mucus helps:<br />

(a) your nose to move.<br />

(b) to keep bits that are in the air from your lungs.<br />

(c) to keep your throat wet.<br />

What causes the mucus to move to the back of your throat?<br />

(a) cilia<br />

(b) sneezing<br />

(c) dust<br />

<strong>The</strong> healthiest way to get rid of mucus from your nose is to:<br />

(a) pick it out.<br />

(b) blow your nose.<br />

(c) swallow often.<br />

In Paragraph 2, it is used instead of:<br />

(a) mucus.<br />

(b) body.<br />

(c) mouth.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Write five words to<br />

describe nose mucus.<br />

H Write an acrostic poem<br />

using the word ‘mucus’<br />

(use each letter of the<br />

word to start a line of<br />

the poem).


Brown 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

<strong>The</strong> oxygen cycle<br />

Most people know about the<br />

water cycle. <strong>The</strong> sun heats up<br />

the water in rivers and oceans.<br />

<strong>The</strong> water changes to water<br />

vapour. When the water vapour<br />

gets cold it changes back to<br />

water. This water stays in the<br />

sky as clouds. When the clouds<br />

become heavy, the water falls<br />

as rain, hail, sleet or snow.<br />

rain<br />

photosynthesis<br />

carbon<br />

dioxide<br />

oxygen<br />

respiration<br />

water<br />

vapour<br />

Fewer people know about the oxygen cycle. This cycle is about<br />

oxygen and carbon dioxide. <strong>The</strong>se are two of the gases in the air. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are breathed in and out by animals and plants.<br />

Animals breathe in oxygen and breathe out carbon dioxide. Plants<br />

do the opposite. <strong>The</strong>y breathe in carbon dioxide and breathe out<br />

oxygen. What great partners animals and plants make!<br />

Plants don’t have brains but they are very clever! <strong>The</strong>y don’t need any<br />

other living thing for food because they can make their own.<br />

Plants make their food using water, carbon dioxide and energy from<br />

the sun. This is called photosynthesis. Without these things, plants<br />

cannot grow. During<br />

photosynthesis, plants<br />

breathe out oxygen.<br />

Animals breathe in<br />

oxygen from the air.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y need it to change<br />

food into energy. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

breathe out carbon<br />

dioxide. This is called<br />

respiration.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

BUS<br />

STOP<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (63)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In this text, a cycle is something that:<br />

(a) you can ride on.<br />

(b) happens over and over again.<br />

(c) is stronger than a storm.<br />

To change food into energy,<br />

animals need:<br />

(a) oxygen.<br />

(b) carbon dioxide.<br />

(c) oxygen and carbon dioxide.<br />

Plants make their food by:<br />

(a) the oxygen cycle.<br />

(b) photosynthesis.<br />

(c) respiration.<br />

It is an opinion, not a fact, that plants:<br />

(a) are clever.<br />

(b) make their own food.<br />

(c) breathe in carbon dioxide.<br />

When water is a gas, it is called:<br />

(a) water.<br />

(b) ice.<br />

(c) water vapour.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word they is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) the plants.<br />

(b) the animals.<br />

(c) carbon dioxide and oxygen.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw a picture of a plant.<br />

Label the leaves, stem, roots<br />

and flowers.<br />

H Find out which part of the<br />

plant makes the food.


Brown 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Blobfish<br />

Have you heard of a blobfish? It is very rare and must be one of the most<br />

unusual creatures ever found in the sea.<br />

This fish is so unusual that there are very few people who have ever seen<br />

one. This is because it lives in the deepest parts of the ocean. Its home<br />

is so deep down below the surface that it’s always dark there. Light just<br />

can’t get through all the water above it to reach the sea floor.<br />

This strange creature looks a bit like a giant tadpole. It has a large head<br />

which thins out to a point at the tail. <strong>The</strong>re are small fins on both sides.<br />

A blobfish is made of a kind of jelly. It grows to about 30 centimetres in<br />

length.<br />

Because a blobfish doesn’t need to go and get food, it doesn’t have to<br />

move about much. Its jelly-like flesh weighs less than water which means<br />

it is lighter and it can float very easily without a lot of effort. It likes to<br />

float very deep, just above the bottom of the ocean. It has a very big<br />

mouth which it opens wide to collect any food which just happens to be<br />

floating by.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> first person to discover one of these amazing sea creatures, nearly<br />

one hundred years ago, was a famous Australian zoologist called Alan<br />

McCulloch. He gave it its name.<br />

6<br />

Blobfish may look very ugly and some people might think they are<br />

scary, but they are really just harmless, but very interesting, blobs of jelly.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (64)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

A blobfish can float because:<br />

(a) its flesh is like jelly.<br />

(b) its flesh is lighter than water.<br />

(c) it doesn’t need to move much.<br />

It is a fact that:<br />

(a) Blobfish are very strange.<br />

(b) Blobfish are very ugly.<br />

(c) Blobfish live in deep water.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 4 is:<br />

(a) how blobfish get their food.<br />

(b) blobfish can float.<br />

(c) a blobfish has a big mouth.<br />

Not many blobfish have been seen because:<br />

(a) people don’t like them.<br />

(b) they are shy.<br />

(c) they live in such deep water.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word rare in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) roaring<br />

(b) not often seen.<br />

(c) common.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 5 is used instead of:<br />

(a) sea creatures.<br />

(b) the name.<br />

(c) the blobfish.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H<br />

H<br />

Draw a blobfish.<br />

Why do you think Alan<br />

McCulloch called it a blobfish?


Brown 5<br />

Banana recipes<br />

1 Banana fluff<br />

2<br />

Ingredients:<br />

• 4 large bananas<br />

• 1 tablespoon honey<br />

• 1<br />

/ 4 teaspoon cinnamon<br />

• ice-cream cones to serve<br />

Method:<br />

1. Peel bananas, place on<br />

a tray and freeze for 2 to<br />

3 hours (bananas will be<br />

frozen but not completely<br />

hard).<br />

2. Cut frozen bananas into<br />

chunks and place in<br />

food processor. Beat until<br />

bananas are thick and<br />

creamy. (This takes about<br />

5 to 8 minutes.)<br />

3. Add honey and<br />

cinnamon.<br />

4. Serve in an ice-cream<br />

cone or as a dessert.<br />

3<br />

Banana chips<br />

Ingredients:<br />

• 4 bananas<br />

Method:<br />

1. Peel bananas and cut into thin,<br />

even slices.<br />

2. Place slices on greased oven tray.<br />

3. Bake in hot oven (250 °C) for 15 to<br />

20 minutes or until crisp.<br />

4. Allow to cool on tray.<br />

Banana pops<br />

Ingredients:<br />

• 1 / 4 cup orange juice<br />

• 10 ripe bananas<br />

• 1 / 2 cup Rice Bubbles <br />

• 10 craft sticks<br />

Method:<br />

1. Pour orange juice into dish.<br />

2. Spread Rice Bubbles on board<br />

or clean bench and crush with<br />

rolling pin.<br />

3. Peel bananas and dip in juice.<br />

4. Roll bananas in crushed Rice<br />

Bubbles .<br />

5. Insert a craft stick into base of each<br />

banana. Place on tray lined with<br />

non-stick baking paper and freeze<br />

for about 20 minutes.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (65)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Which banana recipe uses a food processor?<br />

(a) Banana fluff<br />

(b) Banana chips<br />

(c) Banana pops<br />

If you were to make all of the recipes, how<br />

many bananas would you need altogether?<br />

(a) 10 bananas<br />

(b) 14 bananas<br />

(c) 18 bananas<br />

In the recipe ‘Banana pops’, why do you think we need to dip the<br />

banana in orange juice?<br />

(a) to make the recipe taste nice<br />

(b) to help the Rice Bubbles stick to the banana<br />

(c) to use up leftover orange juice<br />

It is a fact, not an opinion, that the ‘Banana pops’ recipe:<br />

(a) uses orange juice.<br />

(b) is the tastiest of the three recipes.<br />

(c) is the easiest to make.<br />

Which banana recipe uses heat?<br />

(a) Banana fluff<br />

(b) Banana chips<br />

(c) Banana pops<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

It is important to slice the bananas thinly<br />

and evenly for the banana chips so they:<br />

(a) are crisp.<br />

(b) look good.<br />

(c) cook evenly.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Design and make<br />

a poster which<br />

encourages people to<br />

eat more bananas.<br />

H <strong>The</strong> word ‘banana’ has<br />

three syllables. Make<br />

a list of ten fruits and<br />

show their syllables.


Brown 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

I am a bully.<br />

I like to be mean.<br />

It gives me power and it helps to<br />

make me seen!<br />

I am a victim.<br />

I feel so sad.<br />

For their nasty words and<br />

actions make me mad!<br />

I am a bully.<br />

I feel so strong.<br />

When I make a victim cry I<br />

laugh along!<br />

Now I am strong.<br />

I stand my ground.<br />

<strong>The</strong> strength deep inside of me<br />

is finally found!<br />

I was a bully.<br />

I’ve lost my clout.<br />

For you can take my words and<br />

shut them out!<br />

We now are friends.<br />

We laugh and play.<br />

We respect each other—<br />

that’s how it will stay!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (66)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

Why do people bully?<br />

(a) to make them feel noticed and powerful<br />

(b) so they can make friends<br />

(c) because they care about other people’s feelings<br />

How can a victim stop being a victim?<br />

(a) by running away<br />

(b) by standing strong and ignoring the bully<br />

(c) by shutting doors to keep the bully away<br />

What is the main idea of Verse 3?<br />

(a) how the victim feels after being bullied<br />

(b) why a bully is a bully<br />

(c) how the bully feels when the victim becomes upset<br />

When the victim stands up to the bully, what might happen?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> victim becomes the bully.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> bully may begin to respect the victim.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> bully becomes the victim.<br />

‘For you can take my words and shut them out!’—What does this mean?<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> victim doesn’t take the hurtful words to heart.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> victim blocks his or her ears and sings loudly so as not to hear.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> victim runs away so he or she can’t hear the bully.<br />

6.<br />

Choose the best meaning for the<br />

word clout as used in Verse 5.<br />

(a) a hard punch or smack<br />

(b) a patch made of cloth<br />

(c) power or influence<br />

Something extra<br />

H Practise saying ‘no’ or ‘leave<br />

me alone’ in a firm voice.<br />

H Design and make a poster<br />

encouraging people to<br />

stand up to bullying.


Red Brown 7 7<br />

A very different place<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

My nanna, Maria, comes from Peru. If you don’t know where that is,<br />

it’s in South America, near Chile and Brazil.<br />

Nanna left Peru when she was little. But she has always wanted to go<br />

back. So last holidays, Mum, Dad and I took her back for a visit.<br />

NICARAGUA<br />

I had never been to Peru<br />

before. But I knew a little bit COSTA<br />

<strong>RIC</strong>A<br />

about it from Nanna. It has<br />

jungles, lots of interesting<br />

ECUADOR<br />

plants and animals, deserts<br />

and mountains. Big mountains!<br />

And in these mountains is a really<br />

old city called Machu Picchu. It<br />

was built by the Incas, a group of<br />

people living there long ago. Machu<br />

Picchu is sometimes called ‘the lost city<br />

of the Incas’ because for a long time it<br />

was forgotten. I really wanted to see it.<br />

PANAMA<br />

First we visited some of Nanna’s family in<br />

Lima, the capital city. <strong>The</strong>y were nice, but<br />

they mostly spoke Spanish. So I couldn’t<br />

understand what they were saying. <strong>The</strong>ir<br />

food, clothing and music were so different<br />

from what I’m used to.<br />

COLOMBIA<br />

PERU<br />

VENEZUELA<br />

CHILE<br />

BOLIVIA<br />

ARGENTINA<br />

PARAGUAY<br />

GUYANA<br />

FRENCH<br />

GUIANA<br />

SURINAME<br />

URUGUAY<br />

BRAZIL<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

6<br />

After a couple of days in Lima we went<br />

to Cusco. That’s where Machu Picchu is. We had to walk up very<br />

steep paths. I don’t know how the Incas built this city so high! It was<br />

amazing. We saw a stone table the Incas used for sacrifices. This<br />

means killing animals and sometimes children to make their gods<br />

happy. I was glad there were no Incas there now!<br />

Peru is a really interesting and beautiful place. You should go there if<br />

you get the chance!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (67)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

An animal or person killed to<br />

please a god is called:<br />

(a) an Inca.<br />

(b) a child.<br />

(c) a sacrifice.<br />

Which of these countries are<br />

next to Peru?<br />

(a) Columbia, Uruguay and<br />

Ecuador<br />

(b) Argentina, Bolivia and Colombia<br />

(c) Chile, Bolivia and Brazil<br />

Machu Picchu<br />

Why did the writer go to Peru?<br />

(a) to visit Machu Picchu<br />

(b) to take his or her grandmother back for a visit<br />

(c) to learn Spanish<br />

How long did the writer stay in Lima?<br />

(a) almost a week<br />

(b) about eight days<br />

(c) less than three days<br />

Before the writer went to Cusco, he or she:<br />

(a) climbed Machu Picchu.<br />

(b) visited Lima.<br />

(c) saw the Inca’s sacrifice table.<br />

In the second sentence in<br />

Paragraph 3, it means:<br />

(a) the writer.<br />

(b) Nanna.<br />

(c) Peru.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a small travel<br />

brochure about Peru.<br />

H Write why you would or<br />

would not like to visit Peru.


Brown 8<br />

Bad boy, Butch<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

‘Butch! Stop digging!’ I yelled from<br />

inside. It was no use. Butch, my<br />

dog, was born to dig. He loved it.<br />

He dug up plants. He dug huge<br />

holes in the ground. He dug in<br />

grass, sand and mud. If there<br />

were a world championship for<br />

digging, Butch would win!<br />

I went outside and called Butch. ‘You’ll get me into trouble!’ I told him.<br />

‘I might even have to find you a new home!’ Butch looked at me with<br />

his happy eyes. His tongue flopped out of his mouth and he licked my<br />

face. Yuck!<br />

I turned around to go back inside. Butch turned around to go back to<br />

his hole. Naughty dog! I would have to chain him up. I went over to get<br />

him—and then I saw his latest hole.<br />

It was HUGE! His deepest ever. I looked down and could just see the<br />

bottom. Butch was down there … digging and scratching fast.<br />

‘Butch! Get out of there!’ I called. Butch kept going. He was trying to get<br />

something. <strong>The</strong>n he grabbed something with his jaws. He scrambled to<br />

the top of the hole looking very pleased with himself. And he dropped<br />

that something at my feet.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

It was a dirty white bone. A very big, dirty white bone. I had no idea<br />

what it was. So I took it inside to show Mum. Mum had no idea what it<br />

was. She showed it to Dad. He had no idea, either. So we took it to the<br />

museum. And guess what it turned out to be? A dinosaur bone! Butch<br />

had found a dinosaur in our backyard!<br />

<strong>The</strong> museum people dug up our backyard to find a whole dinosaur<br />

skeleton. It was a new kind of dinosaur. <strong>The</strong>y named it ‘Butchosaurus’,<br />

after Butch. Our garden is a big mess now, so we just let Butch dig. Who<br />

knows what he might find next!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (68)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

What did the bone Butch found look like?<br />

(a) long, grey, with bits of brown<br />

(b) big, white and dirty<br />

(c) quite old, with a sharp end<br />

Which is the best answer? Butch:<br />

(a) was an evil dog.<br />

(b) loved to dig and dug very well.<br />

(c) was good at finding lots of dinosaur bones.<br />

How did the writer find out what kind of bone Butch had found?<br />

(a) by asking his or her parents<br />

(b) by reading books about ‘Butchosauruses’<br />

(c) People at the museum told him/her.<br />

How does the writer feel about Butch at the end of the story?<br />

He/She:<br />

(a) doesn’t mind Butch digging.<br />

(b) wants Butch to stop digging.<br />

(c) is angry that Butch keeps digging.<br />

Paragraph 4 gives information about:<br />

(a) Butch.<br />

(b) Butch’s hole.<br />

(c) Butch’s bone.<br />

In Paragraph 7, it means:<br />

(a) the bone Butch found.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(b) the garden where the bone was found.<br />

(c) the kind of dinosaur Butch found.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw what you think<br />

a Butchosaurus<br />

looked like.<br />

H Write about what<br />

Butch finds next.


Brown 9<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Bees are flying insects that<br />

are related to ants and<br />

wasps. <strong>The</strong>re are thousands<br />

of different bees in the<br />

world. <strong>The</strong> smallest bee is<br />

as tiny as a speck of dust,<br />

but the biggest could be<br />

as large as your little finger!<br />

<strong>The</strong> most well-known bee is<br />

the honey bee.<br />

A colony of bees usually has one large queen. Her job is to lay eggs.<br />

Other female bees are called workers. <strong>The</strong>y collect pollen and look<br />

after the queen. <strong>The</strong> pollen is used to feed the bees. <strong>The</strong> male bees are<br />

called drones. <strong>The</strong>ir job is to breed with the queen bee.<br />

<strong>The</strong> body of a bee has three main parts. <strong>The</strong> mouth, eyes and<br />

antennae are on the head. <strong>The</strong> wings and three pairs of legs are<br />

attached to the thorax. <strong>The</strong> sting is at the tip of the abdomen.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

One very important job of a bee is to pollinate flowers. This means<br />

to take pollen from one flower and put it on to another flower so that<br />

seeds can be made. Bees and other flying insects do this job very well.<br />

When a bee visits flowers to drink the rich, sweet nectar, pollen sticks to<br />

its fuzzy coat. It is also collected in special sacs on the bee’s legs. <strong>The</strong><br />

bee drinks nectar through its long tongue, which is called a proboscis.<br />

A honey bee has two stomachs. <strong>The</strong> second one is called the honey<br />

stomach. This holds the nectar collected by the bees. In the hive, the<br />

bee empties its honey stomach and the nectar is changed to honey.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (69)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. In Paragraph 5, the word rich means:<br />

(a) expensive.<br />

(b) full of goodness.<br />

(c) hard to believe.<br />

2. <strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 2 is to:<br />

(a) show that female bees are more<br />

important than male bees.<br />

(b) show that male bees are lazy.<br />

(c) explain how a bee colony works.<br />

3. A bee’s wings and legs are attached to its:<br />

(a) head.<br />

(b) thorax.<br />

(c) abdomen.<br />

4. If bees and other insects didn’t pollinate flowers:<br />

(a) the bees and other insects would starve.<br />

(b) animals that eat plants would eat the bees<br />

and other insects.<br />

(c) plants would not survive.<br />

5. Honey is made from:<br />

(a) nectar.<br />

(b) pollen.<br />

(c) flowers.<br />

6. In Paragraph 5, the word it is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) pollen.<br />

(b) nectar.<br />

(c) the bee’s fuzzy coat.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw and label a picture<br />

of clothing worn by<br />

beekeepers. Explain why it<br />

is important.<br />

H Draw and label a diagram<br />

to show honey bee workers<br />

leaving the hive, collecting<br />

nectar and pollen from<br />

different flowers and<br />

returning to the hive to<br />

make honey.


Brown 10<br />

What is an island?<br />

Bishop Rock<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

An island is a piece of land which is surrounded<br />

by water. Islands can be found in oceans, rivers<br />

and lakes around the world. <strong>The</strong>y can be many<br />

different sizes. Some are as small as a few houses<br />

put together. Others are hundreds of thousands<br />

of kilometres in area.<br />

<strong>The</strong> smallest island in the world with a building<br />

on it is Bishop Rock off the south-west coast of<br />

England. It is famous for its lighthouse. It shines its<br />

light to warn sailors of jagged rocks and reefs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> largest island in the world is the country of Greenland.<br />

It is near the North Pole. It is so cold on this island that<br />

most of it is covered by ice.<br />

Sometimes, many islands make up one country.<br />

<strong>The</strong> country of Japan is made up of four main<br />

islands and thousands of smaller ones. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

extend in a long line.<br />

Some islands are called continental islands<br />

because they lie in the ocean near a<br />

continent. Greenland is a continental island<br />

as it is found near the continent of North<br />

America.<br />

Other islands are called oceanic<br />

islands as they are usually far out in<br />

the ocean, away from continents.<br />

Some were formed when volcanoes<br />

erupted in deep water. <strong>The</strong> volcano<br />

spat out lava which built up under<br />

the water. Eventually, the lava rose up<br />

and up and formed an island. Japan<br />

is made up of volcanic islands.<br />

Japan<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

volcanic<br />

island<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (70)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> world’s largest island is:<br />

(a) Japan.<br />

(b) England.<br />

(c) Greenland.<br />

How many main islands make<br />

up the country of Japan?<br />

(a) thousands<br />

(b) four<br />

(c) one<br />

Paragraph 6 explains:<br />

(a) what Japan is made up of.<br />

(b) where continental islands are.<br />

(c) how volcanoes can form islands.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word extend in Paragraph 4 means:<br />

(a) are extra.<br />

(b) stretch out.<br />

(c) reach.<br />

Which statement is true?<br />

(a) Bishop Rock is too small<br />

to be an island.<br />

(b) Greenland is an oceanic island.<br />

(c) Islands can be found in rivers.<br />

In Paragraph 1, they means:<br />

(a) islands.<br />

(b) oceans.<br />

(c) lakes.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw and label ten things<br />

you would take on a tropical<br />

island holiday.<br />

H <strong>The</strong> word ‘island’ has a silent<br />

‘s’. List four other words that<br />

have a silent letter.


Black 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Fire! Fire!<br />

Fire! Fire!<br />

Many years ago in London, a massive fire swept through the city.<br />

It began in a baker’s shop in Pudding Lane. <strong>The</strong> fire started in the early<br />

hours of the morning when most people were still in bed. No-one<br />

realised just how big this fire would get!<br />

In those days, many of the houses and shops were close together and<br />

all of them were made of wood. <strong>The</strong> fire burned easily as it jumped<br />

from house to house.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> people tried hard to put out the fire. <strong>The</strong>y threw buckets of water<br />

onto the flames but it was no use, the fire was too powerful and very<br />

fierce.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

A strong wind helped the fire to spread quickly. It burned for four whole<br />

days. Hundreds of homes and shops were destroyed. Where would the<br />

people live? What would they do?<br />

<strong>The</strong> people of London worked hard to build the city again. <strong>The</strong>y had<br />

learned a very important lesson. This time, they would use stone instead<br />

of wood and they would leave wider spaces between the buildings.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (71)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 1, the word massive means:<br />

(a) marvellous.<br />

(b) enormous.<br />

(c) horrible.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fire broke out in a<br />

(a) butcher’s<br />

(b) grocer’s<br />

(c) baker’s<br />

<strong>The</strong> fire burned so well because the<br />

buildings were:<br />

(a) old.<br />

(b) wooden.<br />

(c) wet.<br />

shop.<br />

If there had been no wind, the fire could<br />

have been put out:<br />

(a) sooner.<br />

(b) in four days.<br />

(c) later.<br />

Stone was used to rebuild the city because it:<br />

(a) doesn’t burn.<br />

(b) is cheaper.<br />

(c) is easier to find.<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word it means the:<br />

(a) homes.<br />

(b) wind.<br />

(c) fire.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

H Unjumble the words<br />

to find the names<br />

of some building<br />

materials.<br />

ntoes<br />

krbic<br />

tamel<br />

troecnec<br />

H Write the list in<br />

alphabetical order.


Black 2<br />

Streets of water<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

Can you imagine living in a city without any cars? How would you<br />

travel to school and to the shops? It’s hard to imagine, but there really<br />

is a famous city that has no cars!<br />

Venice is a beautiful, very old city in Italy. It is made up of over one<br />

hundred islands that are separated by waterways called canals.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are no roads on the islands. People walk everywhere or travel<br />

between the islands on boats or in water taxis.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are hundreds of bridges crossing the canals. It is possible to<br />

spend all day walking around the city without worrying about traffic.<br />

<strong>The</strong> most famous bridge in Venice is the Rialto. It is over four hundred<br />

years old.<br />

4<br />

5<br />

If you are ever lucky enough to be a visitor to Venice, you must take<br />

a ride along the canals on a long, thin boat called a gondola. A<br />

gondolier uses a long pole to steer it through the water.<br />

Everyone uses the canals in Venice. Even the police, fire service and<br />

ambulances have special boats instead of cars.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (72)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word gondolier means:<br />

(a) a family member.<br />

(b) the person who moves a boat.<br />

(c) a police officer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Rialto Bridge was built<br />

(a) hundreds of<br />

(b) a few<br />

(c) four<br />

It is a fact that Venice:<br />

(a) is interesting.<br />

(b) has great beauty.<br />

(c) has canals instead of roads.<br />

People travel around Venice on foot or by:<br />

(a) train.<br />

(b) boat.<br />

(c) car.<br />

years ago.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are hundreds of bridges in Venice because:<br />

(a) people like them.<br />

(b) they are needed.<br />

(c) they are famous.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

6. In Paragraph 2, the word it is used<br />

instead of:<br />

(a) Italy.<br />

H Draw a picture of a<br />

gondola.<br />

H Write two good<br />

things and two bad<br />

(b) Venice.<br />

things about living in<br />

(c) canals.<br />

a place with canals<br />

instead of roads.


Black 3<br />

Sun bears<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong> sun bear is sometimes called the honey bear because it loves<br />

honey—just like a famous bear you may know! Its coat is mostly black<br />

but it gets its name from the large golden mark on its chest.<br />

<strong>The</strong> exact number of sun bears in the wild is not known. Loss of habitat<br />

and hunting by poachers are the main reasons why the number of sun<br />

bears is falling.<br />

Just like children, sun bears love to climb trees and they are very good<br />

at it! <strong>The</strong>y have long claws for gripping and soft pads for walking along<br />

the branches.<br />

Sun bears are nocturnal. During the day they sleep in nests which they<br />

build in the branches of tall trees.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Honey is not sun bears’ only food. <strong>The</strong>y will eat insects, grasses, fruit and<br />

even small mammals.<br />

6<br />

Sun bears live in the tropics where it is warm all year round so they do<br />

not need to have a winter sleep. Bears that live in cold places need to<br />

hibernate because food is scarce in winter and weather conditions are<br />

very bad.<br />

7<br />

Sun bears may be small and cute to look at but the adults are very<br />

aggressive. <strong>The</strong>y would not make very good pets!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (73)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 7, the word aggressive means:<br />

(a) small.<br />

(b) cute.<br />

(c) wanting to fight.<br />

Sun bears eat:<br />

(a) only meat.<br />

(b) only plants.<br />

(c) meat and plants.<br />

Sun bears do not hibernate<br />

because:<br />

(a) they live in the tropics.<br />

(b) they are nocturnal.<br />

(c) they live in trees.<br />

<strong>The</strong> number of sun bears is falling because:<br />

(a) their habitat is being destroyed.<br />

(b) they are being hunted.<br />

(c) their habitat is being destroyed and they are being hunted.<br />

Sun bears would not make good pets because they:<br />

(a) are too big.<br />

(b) eat too much.<br />

(c) are not gentle.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word they is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) children.<br />

(b) sun bears.<br />

(c) feet.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Copy a picture of a sun bear.<br />

H Find out what is special about<br />

the sun bear’s skin. Tell a friend.


Black Black 4 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Playing games outside when the weather<br />

is fine is great fun. It can help to keep you<br />

fit, strong and healthy. In the old days,<br />

children spent as much time as they<br />

could playing games outdoors.<br />

Hopscotch is a great children’s game.<br />

You can play it on your own or with<br />

friends. All you need to do is draw<br />

the court on the ground and find a<br />

marker to throw.<br />

You can choose how big to make<br />

your court. Twelve is a good number<br />

of squares to have, but you can make<br />

a mini-court with only six squares or a<br />

maxi-court with 18 squares!<br />

At the beach, you can draw the court<br />

in the sand, using a stick. At home, you<br />

can draw it with chalk on a path. A<br />

marker can be anything that is small<br />

and easy to throw but choose something<br />

that does not roll, like a flat stone.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

People have different rules for playing hopscotch, so make sure<br />

everyone agrees with the rules before you begin your game!<br />

Hopscotch has been played for thousands of years. Even Roman<br />

soldiers used to play it! Ask your parents and grandparents. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

probably played it too!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (74)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. 1 In Paragraph 5, the word agrees means:<br />

(a) hurts each other’s feelings.<br />

(b) argues with each other.<br />

(c) thinks the same.<br />

2. 2 For how many years have people<br />

been playing hopscotch?<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

(a) hundreds<br />

(b) thousands<br />

(c) tens<br />

Which paragraph tells about different<br />

sizes of hopscotch courts?<br />

(a) Paragraph 2<br />

(b) Paragraph 3<br />

(c) Paragraph 4<br />

You should use a marker that does not roll so that:<br />

(a) it doesn’t get lost.<br />

(b) it stays where it lands.<br />

(c) you don’t hop on it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks that hopscotch is:<br />

(a) dull.<br />

(b) difficult.<br />

(c) enjoyable.<br />

In Paragraph 6, the word it is used<br />

instead of:<br />

(a) hopscotch.<br />

(b) soldiers.<br />

(c) year.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

H Write these words<br />

in two lists under<br />

the correct header.<br />

-tch ch<br />

match rich<br />

much witch<br />

ditch such<br />

lunch hutch<br />

stitch crunch


Black 5<br />

Down with electronic games!<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

I think electronic games should be banned. <strong>The</strong>y are turning children<br />

into monsters!<br />

All they do is play those annoying machines. Mums and dads<br />

don’t want to interrupt them. <strong>The</strong>ir children get so angry if they are<br />

disturbed and lose a game.<br />

Children used to be active, fit and healthy, having fun in the fresh air.<br />

Now, they just sit with their eyes on a screen. Pressing buttons is their<br />

only exercise.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong>y used to help at home, but now they don’t care. No more<br />

helping in the garden or washing the car. No more tidying toys or<br />

putting away clothes.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Even on car trips, children sit with their eyes glued to a tiny screen<br />

instead of looking at the world around them.<br />

Let’s bring the children back again. We don’t want them to become<br />

monsters. Ban electronic games so they will start playing in parks<br />

and gardens once more!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (75)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word banned in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) monsters.<br />

(b) not allowed.<br />

(c) wrapped up.<br />

Mums and dads don’t interrupt their<br />

children because they:<br />

(a) will make a mistake.<br />

(b) will cry.<br />

(c) will get cross.<br />

Paragraph 5 tells us that children:<br />

(a) are interested only in their electronic games.<br />

(b) are lazy.<br />

(c) are rude.<br />

<strong>The</strong> text tells us that electronic games make children:<br />

(a) unhealthy.<br />

(b) clever.<br />

(c) active.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer wants children to:<br />

(a) read more books.<br />

(b) play computer games.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(c) give up their electronic games.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word them is<br />

used instead of the:<br />

(a) children.<br />

(b) mums and dads.<br />

(c) electronic games.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write a letter telling the<br />

writer what you think about<br />

electronic games.<br />

H List as many words ending in<br />

‘-onic’ as you can you find.


Black 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Wonderful mermaids<br />

Can you imagine living in an underwater world? Wouldn’t it be<br />

fantastic to breathe and see clearly as you swim beneath the waves!<br />

Think of all the fun you could have, diving among the ocean creatures<br />

and in and out of caves. How wonderful to be a mermaid!<br />

Mermaids have a human head and body and a fishtail instead of<br />

legs. <strong>The</strong>y are mythical creatures that live only in our imagination. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are the stars of many stories.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Some legends say mermaids with long, flowing hair would lie on rocks<br />

close to the shore and sing in their eerie voices. <strong>The</strong>y wanted to warn<br />

sailors about the dangerous rocks that might wreck their ships.<br />

But other legends say mermaids attracted ships onto the rocks on<br />

purpose. <strong>The</strong>y would take drowning sailors down to the world of the<br />

mer-people where they would live forever.<br />

<strong>The</strong> little mermaid is a fairytale by Hans Christian Andersen. In this story,<br />

the mermaid changes her tail into legs so she can marry her prince.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a statue of the little mermaid in Denmark. It was built there to<br />

honour Andersen’s famous story.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (76)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word mythical means:<br />

(a) amazing.<br />

(b) different.<br />

(c) imaginary.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 3 means spooky?<br />

(a) eerie<br />

(b) dangerous<br />

(c) flowing<br />

Paragraph 4 explains that mermaids:<br />

(a) helped sailors.<br />

(b) warned sailors of the rocks.<br />

(c) caught sailors.<br />

In Andersen’s story, the little mermaid wanted to:<br />

(a) marry her prince.<br />

(b) walk.<br />

(c) be a princess.<br />

In the writer’s opinion, being a mermaid would be:<br />

(a) boring.<br />

(b) scary.<br />

(c) fun.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word they means the:<br />

(a) stories.<br />

(b) mermaids.<br />

(c) stars.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write a list of words<br />

to describe the life of<br />

a mermaid.<br />

H Draw a picture of the<br />

undersea world of<br />

mermaids.


Black 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Merry-go-rounds have been popular for many years. <strong>The</strong>y are often<br />

called carousels and you can usually find one at any fairground<br />

you visit. <strong>The</strong>y are easy to see and to hear because they are big and<br />

colourful and special music is played while they revolve.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are beautifully painted ponies with long, flowing manes and tails<br />

on a merry-go-round. If you look carefully, you may notice that the<br />

ponies on the outside are usually brighter than those on the inside. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

do this because they want carousels to look really pretty and inviting.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> carousel ponies are held in place by poles. Riders hold the poles,<br />

which stretch all the way to the top of the canopy. As the merry-goround<br />

spins, the ponies are moved up and down by the poles. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

are often brightly coloured stripes painted on the top of the canopy.<br />

Although the ponies move slowly and are very safe, many carousels<br />

have seats that don’t go up and down. Younger children or anyone<br />

who feels a bit scared can sit on them and enjoy the ride too.<br />

When you get off a carousel it sometimes feels as if you are still<br />

moving. This is all part of the fun.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (77)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word revolve in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) remove.<br />

(b) spin around.<br />

(c) move.<br />

While the carousel spins, the ponies:<br />

(a) move up and down.<br />

(b) stay still.<br />

(c) fly out to the side.<br />

Paragraph 2 tells us how:<br />

(a) to paint a carousel.<br />

(b) to make a carousel.<br />

(c) carousels look.<br />

<strong>The</strong> seats on the carousel are different<br />

from the ponies because they:<br />

(a) are soft.<br />

(b) are scary.<br />

(c) don’t move up and down.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer is telling you:<br />

(a) about merry-go-rounds.<br />

(b) to have a ride on a<br />

merry-go-round.<br />

(c) to visit a fairground.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word them<br />

means the:<br />

(a) seats.<br />

(b) ponies.<br />

(c) children.<br />

H Make a list of words that<br />

change from ‘-y’ to ‘-ies’<br />

like pony—ponies.<br />

H Draw a picture of<br />

yourself on a carousel<br />

pony.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Black 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Skipping is a great way to have fun on your own or with friends.<br />

It is also a very good way to keep fit and build strong muscles<br />

in your legs.<br />

Many children skip to music and rhymes, but skipping is<br />

not just a game for children. People all over the world<br />

participate in rope skipping competitions. It could soon<br />

be an Olympic sport!<br />

Skipping is not just for girls. <strong>Box</strong>ers, football players and<br />

other athletes also skip. It helps to keep them nimble and<br />

agile so that they can move and change direction<br />

quickly.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

To get started, you will need a rope of the right length. Stand<br />

on the middle of your rope. Hold an end in each of your<br />

hands. If it reaches your armpits, it’s the right length for you.<br />

All you need to do now is start skipping! Don’t be<br />

disappointed if you keep stopping. Just relax, take a deep<br />

breath and try again. Soon you will be able to do skipping<br />

tricks with your rope. One day, you could even be skipping at<br />

the Olympics!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (78)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word participate<br />

means to take:<br />

(a) a part away.<br />

(b) part in.<br />

(c) over.<br />

A skipping rope of the right length measures:<br />

(a) any length you like.<br />

(b) from one armpit to the ground.<br />

(c) from one armpit to the ground and up<br />

to the other armpit.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraphs 3 is that:<br />

(a) only girls skip.<br />

(b) only children skip.<br />

(c) anyone can skip.<br />

If your skipping rope is not the right<br />

length, you might:<br />

(a) make a mistake.<br />

(b) trip over.<br />

(c) skip better.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks that skipping is:<br />

(a) boring.<br />

(b) hard work.<br />

(c) good exercise.<br />

6. In Paragraph 4, the word it is<br />

H Write a list of action<br />

used instead of:<br />

words ending with ‘-ing’.<br />

(a) your armpits.<br />

H Put your list in<br />

(b) the rope.<br />

alphabetical order.<br />

(c) your hands.


Black 9<br />

Enchanting<br />

unicorns<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Close your eyes and imagine a picture of a unicorn, one of the most<br />

beautiful creatures of myths and legends. Standing tall, strong and<br />

proud, it is a symbol of good over evil.<br />

A unicorn looks like a majestic horse but with a single horn pointing<br />

out from its forehead. Some are also pictured with wings on their<br />

backs. In days gone by, unicorns were also imagined with the beard<br />

of a billy-goat, a lion’s tail and hooves like a cow or a pig.<br />

Unicorns have magical powers which they always use wisely. Unicorn<br />

horns have the power to cure illness and take away poison. Hunters<br />

want this power so they try to catch a unicorn. But do you know that a<br />

unicorn can never be captured?<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

From their homes in the sky, unicorns can see the whole of the<br />

enchanted world. If someone is hurt or in danger, a unicorn can fly<br />

swiftly to the rescue.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

It takes many years for a young unicorn to learn all the skills of magic<br />

and enchantment and many of them make mistakes. But when they<br />

are ready, unicorns find their own parts of the enchanted world to<br />

watch over and protect.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re may be one close to you!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (79)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 2, majestic means:<br />

(a) like a king.<br />

(b) noticeable.<br />

(c) boastful.<br />

Unicorns are symbols of all things:<br />

(a) magical.<br />

(b) bad.<br />

(c) good.<br />

Hunters want unicorns’ horns because they:<br />

(a) are beautiful.<br />

(b) cost a lot of money.<br />

(c) have great power.<br />

How do unicorns get their magical powers?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y are born with great powers.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y have to learn them.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> powers are given to them.<br />

Unicorns move by:<br />

(a) flying.<br />

(b) trotting.<br />

(c) galloping.<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word they means the:<br />

(a) skills.<br />

(b) mistakes.<br />

(c) unicorns.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a list of words to describe a unicorn.<br />

H Write a story of how a unicorn came to<br />

your rescue.


Black 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

nostrils<br />

mouth<br />

eyes<br />

lateral line<br />

Fish have many of the same senses people have, but fishy senses are<br />

also different.<br />

Fish have eyes like people but they are at the sides of their heads. Fish<br />

see things best when they are close to them and they have difficulty<br />

seeing things at a distance. <strong>The</strong>y can also see things in colour. Fish who<br />

live further down under the water have larger eyes than those who live<br />

close to the surface.<br />

Fish have two nostrils on top of their head to smell prey. <strong>The</strong> ‘nose’ of a<br />

fish is not connected to the throat as it is in people. Fish use their nose to<br />

smell chemicals given off by other sea creatures.<br />

Fish have ears inside their body. Bones in the ear feel movements in the<br />

water. Fish ears help them to find food to eat. Fish ears also help fish to<br />

keep their balance. Unlike people, fish have a line down each side of<br />

their body called the lateral line. This line feels movements in the water,<br />

which helps fish to catch food and to hide from predators.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Fish have tastebuds, like people. Some fish have them in their mouths,<br />

some have them along their head and others have them on their belly.<br />

<strong>The</strong> catfish has whiskers for tasting its food.<br />

All fish give off an electric field. Other fish can ‘feel’ this. Sharks and<br />

rays are experts at using this sense to feel where their prey is located.<br />

Sometimes, their prey may be hundreds of kilometres away!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (80)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Fish can see best:<br />

(a) up close.<br />

(b) from far away.<br />

(c) with their eyes shut.<br />

Fish smell using:<br />

(a) their tail.<br />

(b) two holes on top of their head.<br />

(c) their head.<br />

Paragraph 5 tells about:<br />

(a) eyes.<br />

(b) ears.<br />

(c) tastebuds.<br />

Fish ears can’t be seen because<br />

they are:<br />

(a) inside the body.<br />

(b) too small.<br />

(c) not there.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word their in Paragraph 5<br />

means:<br />

(a) tastebuds.<br />

(b) people.<br />

(c) fish.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word connected in<br />

Paragraph 3 means:<br />

(a) made.<br />

(b) separate.<br />

(c) joined.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

H Trace around your hand on a<br />

sheet of paper.<br />

H On each finger write the<br />

words for each major sense<br />

— sight, hearing, taste, touch<br />

and smell.<br />

H Next to each sense, write<br />

the body part used and your<br />

favourite thing to see, taste,<br />

smell, touch and hear.


Lime 1<br />

<strong>The</strong> legend of Black Bart<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

A long time ago, John Roberts<br />

was born in Wales. As an adult,<br />

he started work as a sailor on a<br />

slave ship.<br />

When his ship was attacked by<br />

pirates, he was captured and<br />

forced to work with them. After<br />

the death of the captain, John<br />

Roberts was elected commander<br />

of the ship. Black Bart, the pirate,<br />

had begun his pirate career.<br />

Black Bart became a very<br />

successful pirate. He captured<br />

over four hundred ships and<br />

stole over one hundred million<br />

dollars worth of loot. He caught<br />

and hanged one of his enemies.<br />

Black Bart made a lot of money<br />

selling slaves.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Following a fight between his ship and the warship HMS Swallow, Black<br />

Bart was killed by cannon fire. His crew threw his body overboard as<br />

was his wish. His career as a pirate was over, after less than three years.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Black Bart was also famous for his unusual ways. He drank a lot of tea,<br />

instead of rum. He encouraged his crew to pray and he did not like<br />

them to get drunk or gamble.<br />

He was also well-known for his habit of wearing gentlemen’s clothing.<br />

His favourite outfit was a bright red waistcoat and trousers, a hat with a<br />

red feather and a diamond cross on a gold chain around his neck.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (81)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

Before he became a pirate, Black Bart was:<br />

(a) a ship’s captain.<br />

(b) a baker.<br />

(c) a sailor on a slave ship.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word commander in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) sailor.<br />

(b) captain.<br />

(c) teacher.<br />

Which paragraph tells how Black Bart<br />

began his career as a pirate?<br />

(a) Paragraph 2<br />

(b) Paragraph 4<br />

(c) Paragraph 6<br />

Black Bart was a successful pirate because he:<br />

(a) stole lots of loot and captured many ships.<br />

(b) sold slaves.<br />

(c) became captain of a pirate ship.<br />

In Paragraph 3, he means:<br />

(a) the enemy.<br />

(b) loot.<br />

(c) Black Bart.<br />

Black Bart was an unusual pirate because he:<br />

(a) didn’t want his crew to drink rum<br />

and gamble.<br />

(b) wore an eyepatch.<br />

(c) stole loot.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Use the<br />

description in<br />

Paragraph 6 to<br />

draw a colourful<br />

picture of Black<br />

Bart.<br />

H Label the clothing<br />

in your picture.


Lime 2<br />

It’s not for sale!<br />

1<br />

3<br />

5<br />

I’m Slimy the snail. I was born with my home on my<br />

back. I take it wherever I go. It’s not for sale! My shell<br />

home protects my soft body. Friends such as turtles<br />

and crabs also have shells.<br />

2<br />

I’m Garth the grizzly bear. I like to search for a cave<br />

to stay in. It’s not for sale! I sleep there through the<br />

cold winter. My friends the mountain lions, wolves<br />

and bats also like to use caves. But they don’t sleep<br />

all winter!<br />

I’m Serena the spider. I use silk inside my body to spin<br />

a web. It’s not for sale! My web helps me to catch<br />

insects to eat. Spiders build webs in all kinds of places!<br />

4<br />

I’m Bevan the bee. I live in a hive with hundreds of<br />

other bees. It’s not for sale! We have wax inside our<br />

bodies to build the hive. Our friends the wasps also<br />

build hives.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

I’m Rosa the rabbit. I live in a burrow under the ground<br />

with lots of other rabbits. It’s not for sale! My burrow<br />

has lots of tunnels and ways to get in and out. It tricks<br />

our enemies. My friends the moles, chipmunks and<br />

badgers also have burrows.<br />

6<br />

I’m Oliver the owl. My home is a hollow in a tree.<br />

It’s not for sale! Some hollows take more than 100<br />

years to form on a tree. My friends the possums,<br />

squirrels and black bears also like tree hollow<br />

homes.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (82)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word protects in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) keeps clean.<br />

(b) keeps safe.<br />

(c) keeps happy.<br />

Which animal uses a cave sometimes?<br />

(a) bee<br />

(b) owl<br />

(c) bat<br />

Which animal would choose<br />

a tree hollow to live in?<br />

(a) possum<br />

(b) snail<br />

(c) mole<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea in Paragraph 5<br />

is to tell about:<br />

(a) burrows.<br />

(b) webs.<br />

(c) shells.<br />

What is the same about crabs<br />

and turtles? <strong>The</strong>y have:<br />

(a) a shell outside their body.<br />

(b) a shell inside their body.<br />

(c) silk or wax inside their body.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word we in Paragraph 4 is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) wax.<br />

(b) wasps.<br />

(c) bees.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Find or draw pictures of<br />

animals and write the type<br />

of home they like to use<br />

next to each.


Lime 3<br />

Have you ever seen<br />

raisins wriggle as<br />

if they were doing<br />

a dance? If you<br />

read the instructions<br />

below, you will see<br />

how to make it<br />

happen!<br />

What to do:<br />

Step 1.<br />

Fill the glass with<br />

the fizzy drink.<br />

Step 3.<br />

After a while,<br />

the gas bubbles<br />

from the fizzy<br />

drink will stick to<br />

the wrinkles on<br />

the raisins. <strong>The</strong><br />

raisins will start<br />

to ‘wriggle’ and<br />

rise to the top of<br />

the glass.<br />

Step 2.<br />

Drop the raisins<br />

into the glass.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y will sink to<br />

the bottom.<br />

You will need:<br />

• a glass<br />

• a bottle of clear,<br />

fizzy drink<br />

• 6 to 8 raisins<br />

Step 4.<br />

As the gas bubbles<br />

‘pop’, the raisins<br />

will wriggle back<br />

down to the<br />

bottom of the<br />

glass. After a while,<br />

they will come to<br />

the top again, as if<br />

they are dancing<br />

up and down!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> raisins will keep wriggling up and down until the fizzy drink goes flat<br />

and there aren’t any gas bubbles left to make them go to the top.<br />

R.I.C. R.I.C. Publications Publications ® ®<br />

<strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (83)<br />

www.ricpublications.com.au<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word rise in Step 3 means to:<br />

(a) drop.<br />

(b) go up.<br />

(c) spin.<br />

How many raisins are needed?<br />

(a) 10 to 12<br />

(b) 8 to 10<br />

(c) 6 to 8<br />

Which part of the trick happens first?<br />

(a) pouring the fizzy drink into the glass<br />

(b) putting the raisins in the glass<br />

(c) watching the raisins wriggle<br />

Which step best explains how<br />

the raisins wriggle to the top?<br />

(a) Step 4<br />

(b) Step 2<br />

(c) Step 3<br />

When the fizzy drink goes flat,<br />

the raisins will:<br />

(a) continue to wriggle.<br />

(b) stay on the bottom.<br />

(c) stay on the top.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word they in Step 4<br />

means the:<br />

(a) gas bubbles.<br />

(b) glass.<br />

(c) raisins.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Draw an animal that<br />

can wriggle.<br />

H Write as many words<br />

as you can that<br />

rhyme with trick.


Lime 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Living with the dinosaurs<br />

Did you know that ferns are plants that lived at the time when dinosaurs<br />

were on Earth? Isn’t it amazing they are still with us today!<br />

A bird’s nest fern lives in a tropical rainforest, which is a very damp, hot<br />

place with lots of rain all year round. <strong>The</strong> trees grow close together and<br />

can be very tall. A bird’s nest fern can grow on the forest floor or in a<br />

tree! Because it is in the shade of the trees it has to grow well in weak<br />

sunlight.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fern has long, green leaves called fronds that are in the shape of a<br />

tongue. New fronds grow from the middle of the fern. <strong>The</strong>se new fronds<br />

look like balls of brown, fuzzy wool in the shape of eggs in a nest. That is<br />

how it gets its name!<br />

<strong>The</strong> fronds turn green and uncurl as they grow. Some grow as long as<br />

120 centimetres. That’s about the length of four rulers.<br />

<strong>The</strong> shape of the bird’s nest fern<br />

means it can catch falling leaves.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se then rot and feed the tree.<br />

Isn’t that clever?<br />

If a bird’s nest fern lives on a tree, it<br />

absorbs water that runs down the<br />

tree’s trunk. If it lives on the ground,<br />

it catches drips of water from the<br />

trees and plants above it.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Some people like to grow bird’s<br />

nest ferns at home. <strong>The</strong>y must be<br />

kept in a warm, damp, shady place<br />

outside without much wind. If they<br />

are kept inside, they must also be<br />

in a warm place and sprayed with<br />

water to keep them moist.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (84)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 6, the word absorbs means:<br />

(a) eats up. (b) soaks up. (c) throws out.<br />

Where could a bird’s nest fern not live?<br />

(a) in a tropical place<br />

(b) in a warm, shady place<br />

(c) in a cool, sunny place<br />

What part looks like the shape of<br />

eggs in a nest?<br />

(a) the long, green fronds<br />

(b) the brown, fuzzy new fronds<br />

(c) the fronds that uncurl<br />

Paragraph 5 is mainly about how<br />

the bird’s nest fern gets:<br />

(a) food.<br />

(b) water.<br />

(c) sunshine.<br />

Which answer is an opinion? <strong>The</strong> bird’s nest fern is:<br />

(a) green.<br />

(b) clever.<br />

(c) found in a rainforest.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word they means:<br />

(a) bird’s nest ferns.<br />

(b) rulers.<br />

(c) fronds.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write as many<br />

words as you can<br />

that rhyme with<br />

each of these<br />

words:<br />

bird nest fern


Lime 5<br />

Limerick fun<br />

<strong>The</strong> poems below are all limericks. A limerick is a nonsense poem. Each<br />

poem has five lines. <strong>The</strong> first, second and fifth lines rhyme. <strong>The</strong> third and<br />

fourth lines rhyme.<br />

Limerick 1<br />

<strong>The</strong>re once was a bear called Sunny<br />

Whose favourite food of course was honey<br />

He went to the store<br />

And bought all that he saw<br />

Which cost him a whole lot of money!<br />

Limerick 3<br />

A fish who forgot how to swim<br />

Wanted to practise where it was dim<br />

He found a dark cave<br />

And gave his fins a long wave<br />

And—that was the end of him!<br />

Limerick 2<br />

A young lady called Loretta Link<br />

Found a frog in her kitchen sink<br />

She tried to pick it up<br />

With the help of a cup<br />

But all the frog did was wink!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Limerick 4<br />

<strong>The</strong>re once was a man from France<br />

Who couldn’t fit into his pants<br />

He lost lots of weight<br />

Eating things he did hate<br />

And doing all kinds of dance!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (85)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Limerick 3, what does the word dim mean?<br />

(a) deep<br />

(b) flat<br />

(c) dark<br />

In Limerick 4, which two words rhyme?<br />

(a) cave and wave<br />

(b) up and cup<br />

(c) weight and hate<br />

What happened first in Limerick 1?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> bear paid for the honey.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> bear went to the store.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> bear put honey in his shopping trolley.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Limerick 2 is that frogs:<br />

(a) are hard to catch.<br />

(b) like to wink.<br />

(c) live in sinks.<br />

What do you think happened to the fish in<br />

Limerick 3?<br />

(a) He got tired of practising how to swim.<br />

(b) He went fishing.<br />

(c) He was eaten.<br />

In Limerick 1, the word him means:<br />

(a) Sunny.<br />

(b) the money.<br />

(c) the honey.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Write a list of simple<br />

rhyming words.<br />

H Use them to make up your<br />

own limerick using the<br />

same rhyming pattern.


Lime 6<br />

It’s not what really happened!<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

I am the spider in the nursery rhyme<br />

‘Little Miss Muffet’. I want to tell you what<br />

really happened that day. As you know,<br />

this is how the rhyme goes:<br />

Little Miss Muffet<br />

Sat on a tuffet<br />

Eating her curds and whey<br />

Along came a spider<br />

And sat down beside her<br />

And frightened Miss Muffet away!<br />

Most people believe I was mean. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

think I was hiding in my web in the bushes<br />

waiting for someone or some creature to<br />

come along and to scare them. But I wasn’t<br />

planning to scare anyone or anything.<br />

Art:<br />

pic<br />

of<br />

Miss Muffet on tuffet with<br />

spider next to her and knocking bowl of<br />

curds and whey off in fright<br />

That morning, I was in my web looking<br />

out at the meadow. I saw Little Miss Muffet<br />

walking along carrying a bowl of food. She sat down on a tuffet below<br />

me and began to eat her curds and whey.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

I felt lonely and thought she would be nice to talk to. I gently lowered<br />

myself down by a silk thread and politely said ‘Hello’ to her. She turned<br />

around, took one look at me and screamed! <strong>The</strong>n she jumped up,<br />

spilt her curds and whey everywhere and ran away!<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Some people also say I scared her so I could eat her curds and whey.<br />

When her bowl tipped up, some curds and whey landed on me. I had<br />

to scrape them all off. I wasn’t eating them. I don’t like curds and whey.<br />

I prefer juicy insects that land on my web.<br />

I hope Miss Muffet understands what really happened that day and<br />

that I didn’t mean to scare her. Perhaps she might even visit me!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (86)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 6, the word prefer means:<br />

(a) taste.<br />

(b) like better.<br />

(c) eat more.<br />

What was the spider doing when Miss Muffet came into the meadow?<br />

(a) hiding in the bushes<br />

(b) sitting on the tuffet<br />

(c) looking out from his web<br />

What happened before Miss Muffet screamed?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> spider wiped away the curds and whey.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> spider went down his silk thread.<br />

(c) Miss Muffet ran away.<br />

Why did the spider go down his web?<br />

(a) to scare Miss Muffet<br />

(b) to eat Miss Muffet’s curds and whey<br />

(c) to talk to Miss Muffet<br />

Which statement is a fact?<br />

(a) Spiders eat insects.<br />

(b) Spiders are horrible creatures.<br />

(c) Spiders are mean.<br />

In Paragraph 6, what does them mean?<br />

(a) insects<br />

(b) curds and whey<br />

(c) spiders<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Imagine that Miss Muffet<br />

has read the spider’s<br />

story about what really<br />

happened. Write what<br />

she might think about<br />

the spider now.


Lime 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong> Earth’s slowest mammal<br />

<strong>The</strong> sloth is the slowest mammal<br />

on Earth. Even a snail or a tortoise<br />

moves more than a sloth!<br />

Sloths live in tropical rainforests in<br />

South America. Some have three<br />

toes and others have two toes. <strong>The</strong><br />

sloths with three toes move even<br />

slower than those with two toes!<br />

Sloths spend most of their time<br />

hanging upside down from tree<br />

branches. <strong>The</strong>y use their strong claws to grip onto the branches. Sloths<br />

eat, sleep and have babies hanging upside down!<br />

<strong>The</strong>y can sleep between 15 and 20 hours a day. Even when they are<br />

awake, sloths hardly move. <strong>The</strong>y eat mostly at night. Sloths are plant<br />

eaters and enjoy leaves, juicy young shoots and fruit.<br />

Sloths are about the size of a large cat. <strong>The</strong>y have thick, brown fur with a<br />

greenish covering over it. This is a plant called ‘algae’. It is useful to sloths.<br />

<strong>The</strong> greenish colour of the algae helps them hide among the leaves.<br />

Sloths also lick the algae off their fur for food.<br />

6<br />

<strong>The</strong>se animals seldom come down<br />

to the ground. When they do, their<br />

long claws make it hard to walk.<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir weak back legs mean they<br />

can’t stand up straight. <strong>The</strong>y drag<br />

themselves along the ground using<br />

their strong front legs and claws.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

7<br />

<strong>The</strong> main enemies of sloths are<br />

jaguars, eagles and large snakes.<br />

Sloths are hard to find in the trees<br />

because they hardly move and<br />

have green algae on their fur.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (87)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. 1 In Paragraph 6, the word seldom means:<br />

(a) never.<br />

(b) hardly ever.<br />

(c) always.<br />

2. 2 Which animal moves the slowest?<br />

(a) three-toed sloth<br />

(b) two-toed sloth<br />

(c) snail<br />

3. 3 If you see a sloth dragging itself,<br />

it will be:<br />

(a) hanging in a tree.<br />

(b) sleeping in a tree.<br />

(c) on the ground.<br />

4. 4 Which paragraph best explains how sloths<br />

protect themselves from their enemies?<br />

(a) Paragraph 5<br />

(b) Paragraph 6<br />

(c) Paragraph 7<br />

5. 5 Why don’t sloths fall out of trees?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y hang upside down.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y use their claws to grip.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y get stuck in the branches.<br />

6. 6 In Paragraph 3, the word they means:<br />

(a) branches.<br />

(b) claws.<br />

(c) sloths.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write six words that<br />

begin with ‘sl-’, as in<br />

sloth.<br />

H Draw and label two<br />

other animals that<br />

move slowly.


Lime 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Invisible paint<br />

This morning, I was looking behind our back<br />

shed. <strong>The</strong>re, under an old plastic sheet, was<br />

a pile of paint tins. One of them caught my<br />

eye. It said: INVISIBLE PAINT.<br />

Of course, I had to open it. To my<br />

surprise it looked like water! I stared<br />

at it for a couple of minutes. <strong>The</strong>n I<br />

slowly dipped my finger in it. My finger<br />

disappeared!<br />

Wow! How exciting! If I painted myself all over, I would<br />

become invisible! I quickly spread paint all over myself.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first person I saw was my older sister. I poked my tongue out at her. She<br />

didn’t even blink. I danced around her, making the most horrible faces. It<br />

was so much fun.<br />

Next, I went into the kitchen. Mum was taking a batch of chocolate<br />

cupcakes out of the oven. I took two and ate them right in front of her. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

were still warm. Yum!<br />

<strong>The</strong>n I saw Dad watching the football on television. I picked up the remote<br />

control and switched channels. He looked around but couldn’t see anyone.<br />

He shook his head and rubbed his eyes. I turned it back to the sports<br />

channel. He sat there, looking puzzled.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Barkly, our dog, was harder to trick. I threw<br />

his ball to him and ran away. But he always<br />

seemed to know where I was. He’d come<br />

and drop the ball at my feet each time.<br />

Perhaps his nose helped him!<br />

Suddenly, it began to rain. I looked down<br />

and saw all the invisible paint wash off. I<br />

hoped there would be enough left in the tin<br />

for another time!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (88)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

In Paragraph 5, what does the word batch means:<br />

(a) a number of things.<br />

(b) patch.<br />

(c) packet.<br />

2. 2 Which paragraph explains what the boy did to his dad?<br />

(a) Paragraph 5<br />

(b) Paragraph 6<br />

(c) Paragraph 7<br />

3. 3 What happened before the boy spread paint all over himself?<br />

(a) He ate two cupcakes.<br />

(b) He poked his tongue out at his sister.<br />

(c) He dipped his finger in the paint.<br />

4. 4 Barkly seemed to know where the boy was because:<br />

(a) he could hear him.<br />

(b) he could see him.<br />

(c) he could smell him.<br />

5. 5 If it hadn’t rained, the boy could have become visible again by:<br />

(a) putting on the paint.<br />

(b) having a shower.<br />

(c) counting to ten.<br />

6. 6 In Paragraph 7, the<br />

word him means:<br />

(a) the boy.<br />

(b) Barkly.<br />

(c) Dad.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H List some things you<br />

would do if you could<br />

become invisible.


Lime 9<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Hiccup! Hiccup! Hiccup!<br />

Hiccup! Hic! Hic! Excuse me! I know we say<br />

‘Excuse me!’ when we hiccup. But why do<br />

we hiccup?<br />

Put your hands at the bottom of your chest.<br />

Take a deep breath in and then out. You will<br />

feel a muscle moving as you breathe in and<br />

out. It is called the diaphragm (die-a-fram).<br />

Usually the diaphragm works as it should do. It<br />

helps to pull air into our lungs and push air out of them again.<br />

It moves smoothly.<br />

Sometimes, something happens and the diaphragm does not move<br />

so smoothly. It moves in a jerky way. <strong>The</strong> air we breathe out makes a<br />

hiccup sound.<br />

This usually happens because we have eaten something too quickly<br />

or eaten something rich. Hiccups nearly always last just a few minutes.<br />

However, some people have been known to have them for a few days,<br />

a few weeks or even years!<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are several things people do to try to get rid of their hiccups.<br />

Some people drink sips of water while holding their breath. Others take<br />

deep breaths in and out of a paper bag.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Another way to get rid of hiccups is to say ‘Boo!’ to someone when he<br />

or she isn’t expecting it. It makes the person take a sudden breath in<br />

and often fixes the hiccups!<br />

BOO!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (89)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word jerky in Paragraph 4 means:<br />

(a) burpy.<br />

(b) soft.<br />

(c) jumpy.<br />

Where is your diaphragm?<br />

(a) in your lungs<br />

(b) at the bottom of your chest<br />

(c) at the top of your chest<br />

Saying ‘Boo!’ to people fixes their<br />

hiccups because it makes them:<br />

(a) happy.<br />

(b) take a sudden breath.<br />

(c) scared.<br />

Paragraph 5 explains:<br />

(a) why we get hiccups.<br />

(b) what to do when we get hiccups.<br />

(c) what we say when we hiccup.<br />

Which is true?<br />

(a) Hiccups always last a long time.<br />

(b) If you eat you will get hiccups.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> diaphragm helps us breathe.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word them means:<br />

(a) the diaphragm.<br />

(b) the lungs.<br />

(c) hiccups.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

H Write another way<br />

people try to get<br />

rid of the hiccups.<br />

H <strong>The</strong> word ‘hiccup’<br />

has six letters.<br />

Write six more<br />

words that have<br />

six letters.<br />

TOM<br />

SAU


Lime 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

issun-Boshi, the tiny boy<br />

Long ago in Japan, there lived a man and his wife. <strong>The</strong>y wished they<br />

had a child of their own. <strong>The</strong>y wanted a child so much that they didn’t<br />

even mind if the child was tiny.<br />

One day, their wish was granted. <strong>The</strong>y were given a tiny boy who was<br />

only three centimetres tall. <strong>The</strong>y named him Issun-Boshi, which meant<br />

‘tiny boy’.<br />

Issun-Boshi lived a happy life with his parents. However, as he grew older<br />

he stayed the same size. Even though he was so small, he decided to<br />

see the world. His parents gave him some things to help him. His mother<br />

gave him a soup bowl he could use as a boat and some chopsticks for<br />

oars. His father gave him a sewing needle he could use as a sword to<br />

protect himself.<br />

When he reached the city he looked for a job. A nobleman thought<br />

he would make a good servant for his daughter. She was an attractive<br />

princess. Issun-Boshi and the princess became good friends.<br />

One day, they were walking back from visiting a temple. Suddenly,<br />

a large green ogre jumped out at them. <strong>The</strong> ogre wanted to kidnap<br />

the princess. But Issun-Boshi quickly climbed up to the ogre’s mouth<br />

and stabbed him in the tongue<br />

with his needle. <strong>The</strong> ogre ran away,<br />

screaming in pain.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> princess was saved! She shut her<br />

eyes tight and made a wish. ‘I wish<br />

for my brave friend Issun-Boshi to<br />

grow tall.’ She opened her eyes and<br />

looked at her friend. Slowly Issun-<br />

Boshi grew as tall as a man.<br />

Issun-Boshi and the princess were<br />

married and lived happily together<br />

for the rest of their lives.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (90)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word ogre means:<br />

(a) an old man.<br />

(b) an evil giant.<br />

(c) an owl.<br />

What three things did his parents give him?<br />

(a) bowl, spoon, needle<br />

(b) bowl, chopsticks, knife<br />

(c) bowl, chopsticks, needle<br />

Which paragraph explains how Issun-Boshi<br />

became tall?<br />

(a) Paragraph 2<br />

(b) Paragraph 5<br />

(c) Paragraph 6<br />

What happened before Issun-Boshi<br />

stabbed the ogre?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> ogre jumped out at them.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> ogre ran away screaming.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> princess made a wish.<br />

Which word best describes Issun-Boshi?<br />

(a) clever<br />

(b) brave<br />

(c) happy<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word him means:<br />

(a) the ogre.<br />

(b) a needle.<br />

(c) Issun-Boshi.<br />

SOMETHING EXTRA<br />

H Draw what you think<br />

the ogre looked like.<br />

H Make a list of other<br />

words that mean the<br />

same as ‘tiny’.


Grey 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

Rainbows in the sky<br />

<strong>The</strong> light we get from the sun is not just white. It is made up of many<br />

different colours. We can see them each time we look up at a rainbow<br />

in the sky.<br />

A rainbow is an arc of these different colours. It appears in the sky on a<br />

rainy day when the sun bursts through the clouds.<br />

A rainbow is formed when the sun shines through the raindrops in the<br />

rain clouds. As it passes through the raindrops, the white sunlight is split<br />

into the colours red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo (deep blue)<br />

and violet (purple).<br />

If you shine the light from a torch through<br />

a glass prism, the prism acts in the<br />

same way as a raindrop. It also splits the<br />

torchlight into the colours of the rainbow.<br />

Next time you look at a rainbow, notice<br />

where the sun is. You will find that you<br />

can only see a rainbow in the sky when<br />

the sun is behind you.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> colours of the rainbow are always in the same order. <strong>The</strong> red is on<br />

the outside of the arc and the violet is on the inside.<br />

Sometimes, a second, faint rainbow can be seen in the sky. <strong>The</strong> colours<br />

of this rainbow are reversed with red on the inside and violet on the<br />

outside.<br />

Have you heard the old story that says if you go to the end of a<br />

rainbow and dig there, you will find a pot of buried gold?<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (91)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word arc in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) a string of colours.<br />

(b) part of a circle.<br />

(c) a boat.<br />

A rainbow is formed when the sun<br />

shines through:<br />

(a) raindrops.<br />

(b) rain.<br />

(c) the sky.<br />

For a rainbow to form, there must be:<br />

(a) sunshine and rain.<br />

(b) sunshine and rain clouds.<br />

(c) clouds and rain.<br />

If the sun is in front of you, a rainbow<br />

can<br />

be seen.<br />

(a) sometimes<br />

(b) always<br />

(c) never<br />

In a second rainbow, the order of<br />

the colours is:<br />

(a) the same.<br />

(b) backwards.<br />

(c) all jumbled up.<br />

In Paragraph 1, the word it means:<br />

(a) the colours.<br />

(b) white.<br />

(c) the light.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write the colours of the<br />

rainbow in order from red<br />

to violet.<br />

H Write as many words as<br />

you can from the letters in<br />

the word ‘rainbow’.


Grey 2<br />

Slugs<br />

and snails<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Slugs and snails belong to a group of<br />

creatures called molluscs. All molluscs have<br />

soft bodies. Some of them, like snails, carry a<br />

shell where they can hide. Other molluscs, like<br />

squid and octopuses, do not have shells.<br />

Slugs and snails are also called gastropods. <strong>The</strong>y are given this<br />

strange name, which means ‘stomach foot’, because under their<br />

stomach they have just one foot. <strong>The</strong>y use this foot to glide around.<br />

Slime is squeezed out of their foot. This makes it easier for them to<br />

move. <strong>The</strong>y just glide along on their slime as they move across the<br />

ground. <strong>The</strong>y also use it when they climb on fences and plants.<br />

Gastropods are not very popular with farmers and gardeners because<br />

they feed mostly on plants. <strong>The</strong>y may not be very big but they can eat<br />

a lot and they have lots of friends to help them. Gastropods’ tongues<br />

are a bit like cheese graters, scraping food off the plants in the small<br />

pieces they like to eat.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Slugs and snails like warm and damp environments. If it gets too<br />

dry for them, they can use dried slime to stick themselves to a hard<br />

surface. <strong>The</strong>y just stay there until it becomes damp again and then<br />

they move on.<br />

6<br />

Even if you do not see any slugs or snails in your garden, you can tell if<br />

they have visited. <strong>The</strong>y leave trails of dried slime on paths and fences<br />

and trails of destruction through your flowerbeds.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (92)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

Red 2<br />

Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word gastropod means:<br />

(a) carries a shell.<br />

(b) soft body.<br />

(c) stomach foot.<br />

<strong>The</strong> gastropod’s slime comes from its:<br />

(a) stomach.<br />

(b) foot.<br />

(c) head.<br />

Slugs stick themselves to walls when:<br />

(a) it is too dry.<br />

(b) they are tired.<br />

(c) they have eaten too much.<br />

A snail is different from a slug<br />

because it has:<br />

(a) a bigger foot.<br />

(b) a shell.<br />

(c) more slime.<br />

It is a fact that slugs and snails are:<br />

(a) revolting.<br />

(b) not popular with farmers and<br />

gardeners.<br />

(c) gastropods.<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word them means:<br />

(a) slugs and snails.<br />

(b) damp environments.<br />

(c) hard surfaces.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write as many words<br />

as you can from the<br />

letters in ‘gastropod’.<br />

H Draw a picture of a<br />

slug and a snail.


Card 93<br />

Grey 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Moths and butterflies are insects. So, like all insects, they have three<br />

body parts and six legs. Although there are many other things about<br />

them that are the same, there are many differences between them too.<br />

Each of these insects has two pairs of wings. <strong>The</strong>se are covered with<br />

tiny scales that overlap like tiles on a roof. <strong>The</strong>ir wings are attached to<br />

the middle part of their body, which is called the thorax.<br />

Both moths and butterflies have a mouth, eyes and antennae which<br />

are attached to its head. <strong>The</strong>se insects also have a very long tongue<br />

called a proboscis. <strong>The</strong>y use this tongue to drink the nectar they<br />

enjoy from flowers. <strong>The</strong>y have big eyes that help them see in different<br />

directions. <strong>The</strong>ir feelers, called antennae, are used for balance and to<br />

detect smells.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Some people confuse moths and butterflies but there are a few ways<br />

to tell the difference between the two insects. Moths fly mostly at night,<br />

while butterflies are seen during the day. When it is resting, the wings of<br />

a moth lie flat, but on a butterfly they stand up. If you look closely, you<br />

can see that a butterfly has lumps at the end of its feelers but a moth<br />

doesn’t.<br />

It is thought that moths use the light of the moon to help them fly in<br />

the night sky. But other lights affect their flying skills and confuse them.<br />

You can often see them dancing around a light at night and going<br />

nowhere.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (93)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word detect<br />

means to:<br />

(a) collect.<br />

(b) get rid of.<br />

(c) find.<br />

<strong>The</strong> wings of moths and<br />

butterflies are attached to the:<br />

(a) thorax.<br />

(b) antennae.<br />

(c) proboscis.<br />

Paragraph 4 explains how moths<br />

and butterflies:<br />

(a) eat.<br />

(b) fly.<br />

(c) are different.<br />

Moths dance around lights<br />

because they:<br />

(a) like dancing.<br />

(b) are cold.<br />

(c) are confused.<br />

Which is true? When resting:<br />

(a) a moth’s wings stand up.<br />

(b) a butterfly’s wings stand up.<br />

(c) moths’ and butterflies’ wings stand up.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word they means:<br />

(a) a moth’s wings.<br />

(b) a butterfly’s wings.<br />

(c) lumps.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

H Find the names<br />

of three types of<br />

butterfly.<br />

H Draw and colour<br />

a picture of one of<br />

them.


Grey 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

First trip to<br />

the movies<br />

Zoe and Brad were remembering back to when Uncle Rob had taken<br />

them to their first movie. <strong>The</strong>ir friends at school had been loads of times,<br />

but for the twins, this was a first.<br />

As they arrived, Zoe cried out, ‘Smell that popcorn! Please may we have<br />

some, Uncle Rob?’ He smiled at their excited faces. How could he refuse<br />

them?<br />

<strong>The</strong> children ran down the long line of doors, each leading to a cinema<br />

showing a different movie. <strong>The</strong>ir door was the last one on the left. As they<br />

walked through it, they fell silent.<br />

‘It’s so dark in here! How will we find our way in?’ asked Brad. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

walked very slowly up the short, dark passage. When they reached<br />

the end and turned the corner, they could just see the huge curtains<br />

covering the screen and the seats set out in rows. Dim lights helped<br />

them to find their way in and to choose their seats.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Suddenly, they were in darkness again and they heard a swish as<br />

the giant curtains opened. Music started and the children stared in<br />

amazement as adverts for fast foods and new movies appeared on the<br />

screen and shouted at them from large speakers all around the cinema.<br />

6<br />

7<br />

<strong>The</strong>n the lights came on and the curtains closed. <strong>The</strong> twins were<br />

confused. Seconds later, it was dark again and they heard the curtains<br />

swish open once more.<br />

‘At last!’ laughed Zoe and Brad together. ‘Our first movie!’<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (94)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 6, the word confused means the children didn’t know:<br />

(a) where they were.<br />

(b) who they were with.<br />

(c) what was happening.<br />

<strong>The</strong> door leading to the<br />

children’s cinema was the:<br />

(a) first on the right.<br />

(b) last on the left.<br />

(c) first on the left.<br />

<strong>The</strong> children bought popcorn:<br />

(a) before the movie.<br />

(b) after the movie.<br />

(c) during the movie.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 5<br />

means that the sound from the<br />

speakers was loud?<br />

(a) shouted<br />

(b) large<br />

(c) all around<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> children thought their trip to the<br />

movies was:<br />

(a) okay.<br />

(b) dull.<br />

(c) exciting.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word them means:<br />

(a) their faces.<br />

(b) the children.<br />

(c) popcorn.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write phrases to<br />

describe your<br />

feelings about the<br />

cinema.<br />

H Write all the verbs<br />

ending in ‘-ed’. How<br />

many can you find?


Learn about the library<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Grey 5<br />

A library is a wonderful place to spend some time—rows and rows of<br />

books about everything you could think of and about things you’ve<br />

never even heard of, too.<br />

Not everything in the library is suitable or interesting for children and<br />

you won’t be able to read and understand all the books there yet. But<br />

all libraries have an excellent children’s section filled with fiction and<br />

nonfiction for all ages and interests.<br />

To use a library, you must be a member. It’s often free to join but an<br />

adult has to go with you and give some information before you can<br />

get your card. You will be told how many books, DVDs, CDs and CD-<br />

ROMs you may borrow each time you visit.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

It is very important for the library to keep track of where things are.<br />

When you have made your choices, the librarian will scan the<br />

barcode on your card and on all the things you want to borrow. <strong>The</strong><br />

computer then has a record of what you have taken.<br />

<strong>The</strong> librarian will give you a bookmark with a date stamped on it. This<br />

tells you when the books should be returned. You may borrow them for<br />

longer if you want to but you will need to ask the librarian so the return<br />

date on the library computer can be changed.<br />

Libraries often plan special events to show children how much fun they<br />

can have with books and to encourage them to use the library. Why<br />

not check out your local library!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (95)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word scan means:<br />

(a) to write on.<br />

(b) to read.<br />

(c) look at.<br />

To keep a record of what you have<br />

borrowed, the librarian scans:<br />

(a) the books.<br />

(b) your library card.<br />

(c) your library card and the books.<br />

Paragraph 5 explains:<br />

(a) what you can borrow.<br />

(b) what happens if you<br />

don’t return the books.<br />

(c) returning books.<br />

<strong>The</strong> text is telling you:<br />

(a) what libraries are.<br />

(b) about libraries and how<br />

to use them.<br />

(c) about borrowing books.<br />

It is a fact, not an opinion,<br />

that libraries are:<br />

(a) often free.<br />

(b) wonderful places.<br />

(c) dull places.<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word them means:<br />

(a) libraries.<br />

(b) the books.<br />

(c) children.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a paper<br />

bookworm with six<br />

segments. Write the<br />

title and author of a<br />

favourite book on<br />

each segment.<br />

H Write all the words you<br />

can make from the<br />

letters in ‘libraries’.


Grey 6<br />

Tall poppies<br />

1<br />

flower buds<br />

4<br />

<strong>The</strong> poppy is a beautiful tall plant<br />

with a single flower at the top of<br />

each stem. Poppies come in many<br />

colours, including white, pink, yellow,<br />

orange, red and blue. Many poppies<br />

have dark centre markings. <strong>The</strong> most<br />

popular is the deep red corn poppy.<br />

seed sprout<br />

flowering plants<br />

closed pods<br />

seeds fly out of<br />

open pods<br />

Poppies are wildflowers that grow well in soil<br />

that is often disturbed. In the battlefields of the<br />

First World War, corn poppies grew very well. <strong>The</strong><br />

soil there had been dug up by soldiers building<br />

trenches, tanks driving over the ground and by<br />

shells exploding on the land.<br />

2<br />

3<br />

When the petals fall from a<br />

poppy flower, a round seed<br />

pod is left at the end of the<br />

stem. When it is ripe and ready<br />

to release its seeds, the top of<br />

the pod opens.<br />

As the stems sway in the<br />

wind, the seeds fly out of the<br />

pod. <strong>The</strong>y are carried on the<br />

breeze and if they land in a<br />

good place they begin to<br />

form a new plant.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

5<br />

Since then, poppies have been a symbol of<br />

remembrance for people who died fighting in<br />

a war. A poppy is often worn on Remembrance<br />

Day, 11 November. On this day, people around<br />

the world remember and honour those who<br />

fought or served in their country’s wars.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (96)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 1, the word single means:<br />

(a) one.<br />

(b) without a husband.<br />

(c) lonely.<br />

Poppy seeds form in the:<br />

(a) flower.<br />

(b) pod.<br />

(c) stem.<br />

Paragraph 4 explains:<br />

(a) what it was like on the battlefields.<br />

(b) why the poppies grew well on the<br />

battlefields.<br />

(c) how the soil on the battlefields<br />

was dug up.<br />

In the life cycle of the poppy:<br />

(a) seeds are released from the pod<br />

before the petals fall.<br />

(b) the pod opens before the seeds<br />

are released.<br />

(c) the petals fall after the pod opens.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

After the pod opens, a very strong<br />

breeze would:<br />

(a) scatter the seeds far and wide.<br />

(b) scatter a few seeds close by.<br />

(c) destroy the plant.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word it means:<br />

(a) a flower.<br />

(b) petals.<br />

(c) the pod.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw the life cycle of<br />

the poppy. Label and<br />

colour your picture.<br />

H Write four sentences<br />

about poppies. Start<br />

each line with ‘Poppies<br />

are …’


Red 7<br />

Grey 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Pirates ahoy!<br />

No wonder we all love the<br />

excitement and adventure of<br />

pirate stories. Imagine sailing the<br />

high seas with a band of tattooed<br />

rascals, searching for ships to<br />

plunder! It would have been a<br />

dangerous and exciting life.<br />

A pirate was a scary looking fellow.<br />

On his head, a pirate wore a scarf<br />

to protect himself from the harsh<br />

sun. Over one eye he may have<br />

had a patch to hide an ugly scar.<br />

Many of his teeth might have been<br />

missing and the ones that were left<br />

would have been black. Pirates<br />

didn’t spend much time cleaning<br />

their teeth!<br />

No ship was safe from a band of<br />

pirates. All they wanted was to get<br />

rich quickly by stealing money and<br />

treasure. <strong>The</strong> sight of the Jolly Roger<br />

flying high on the mast of a pirate<br />

ship put fear into anyone travelling<br />

across the high seas.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

In many stories, pirates stored their<br />

stolen goods in large, wooden treasure chests. <strong>The</strong>y used big iron keys<br />

and heavy iron locks to keep their loot safe from other pirates. Many of<br />

them stole from each other.<br />

Sometimes, they buried their chests on an island and drew a map<br />

where ‘X’ marked the spot of the buried treasure. Other pirates would<br />

commit terrible crimes to get the map of the island. <strong>The</strong>re are many<br />

stories about pirates’ adventures trying to find buried treasure.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (97)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 1, the word plunder means:<br />

(a) find.<br />

(b) sink.<br />

(c) to rob.<br />

A pirate would have worn an eye patch to:<br />

(a) cover up an injury.<br />

(b) shade his eye from the sun.<br />

(c) look fancy.<br />

<strong>The</strong> last paragraph describes how some pirates:<br />

(a) drew maps.<br />

(b) hid their stolen treasure.<br />

(c) helped each other.<br />

Jolly Roger is the name of a:<br />

(a) pirate flag.<br />

(b) pirate ship.<br />

(c) pirate.<br />

After pirates buried their treasure, they:<br />

(a) put it in a chest.<br />

(b) drew a map.<br />

(c) locked it up.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word they<br />

means the:<br />

(a) stories.<br />

(b) treasure chests.<br />

(c) pirates.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw a picture of a pirate.<br />

H Draw a map of an island<br />

where ‘X’ marks the spot of<br />

your buried treasure.


Grey 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Newborn kittens are quite<br />

helpless. <strong>The</strong>y can not see or<br />

hear because their eyes and<br />

ears are shut tight. <strong>The</strong>y use<br />

their sense of smell to find their<br />

mother. <strong>The</strong> kittens need her<br />

because she keeps them warm<br />

and gives them her special milk.<br />

For the first two weeks, kittens just drink, sleep and grow. By the end of<br />

the second week, their eyes start to open and they begin to hear. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

move around more as their sight and hearing get better.<br />

In the third week, the kittens’ teeth can be seen and you can hear them<br />

purr. This is the best time to start handling the little bundles of fur. Always<br />

wash your hands before and after holding the kittens. Pick them up very<br />

carefully and stroke them gently. It is best to hold them for just a few<br />

minutes at a time until they get used to you.<br />

From now on, kittens grow and develop very quickly. <strong>The</strong>y learn how to<br />

wash and look after themselves. <strong>The</strong>y play at fighting with other kittens<br />

in their litter and join in hunting games.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Kittens should stay with their mother until they are about twelve weeks<br />

old. By then, they will be eating solid food and drinking from a bowl. <strong>The</strong><br />

kittens will also have had injections to stop them from getting diseases<br />

such as cat flu. Now they are ready for the<br />

outside world and to be given a new home.<br />

If you have a pet such as a kitten, it is<br />

important to look after it properly. Take it to<br />

the vet for regular check-ups, give it the right<br />

food, a comfortable home and lots of love.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (98)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word litter means:<br />

(a) something you write.<br />

(b) rubbish.<br />

(c) baby brothers and sisters.<br />

Kittens are ready for a new home<br />

when they are about:<br />

(a) three weeks old.<br />

(b) twelve weeks old.<br />

(c) two weeks old.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second paragraph tells you how:<br />

(a) kittens change in their first<br />

two weeks.<br />

(b) clumsy newborn kittens are.<br />

(c) lazy newborn kittens are.<br />

Kittens should not go outside before<br />

twelve weeks in case they:<br />

(a) get lost.<br />

(b) give an infection to other animals.<br />

(c) pick up an infection.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer thinks you should:<br />

(a) let a pet look after itself.<br />

(b) look after a pet properly.<br />

(c) not have pets at all.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 1, the word she<br />

means their:<br />

(a) mother.<br />

(b) sense of smell.<br />

(c) owner.<br />

H Draw a picture of a kitten.<br />

Write a list of words to describe<br />

it; e.g. fluffy, cute, purrs.<br />

H Write a list of names for boy<br />

and girl kittens.


Grey 9<br />

How do you make a balloon magic? Read the instructions below and you<br />

will find out how to give balloons special<br />

powers that make them seem magical!<br />

You will need:<br />

• two different coloured balloons<br />

• a sheet of coloured paper torn<br />

into small pieces<br />

• a spoon • some sugar<br />

Step 1 Blow up<br />

the balloons.<br />

Tie the end<br />

of each<br />

balloon with<br />

a firm knot.<br />

Step 3 Scatter the pieces of<br />

coloured paper over a desk.<br />

Hold a balloon<br />

just above the<br />

torn pieces<br />

of paper.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y will<br />

lift up and<br />

stick to the<br />

balloon!<br />

Step 2 Rub each<br />

balloon hard against<br />

your shirt or jumper.<br />

<strong>The</strong> trick works best if<br />

you are<br />

wearing<br />

something<br />

made from<br />

wool.<br />

Step 4 Sprinkle a spoonful of<br />

sugar over a desk.<br />

Hold the other<br />

balloon just<br />

above the<br />

sugar. It too<br />

will lift up and<br />

stick to the<br />

balloon!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> balloons became ‘magic’ when you rubbed them against your<br />

clothes. <strong>The</strong> rubbing gave the balloons what we call ‘a charge of static<br />

electricity’. This gives them the power to pick up very light things such as<br />

paper and sugar and to make them stick. Try the trick on your friends!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (99)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word scatter in Step 3 means to:<br />

(a) drop.<br />

(b) spread.<br />

(c) crush.<br />

What material is best to rub<br />

the balloon against?<br />

(a) sugar<br />

(b) paper<br />

(c) wool<br />

Which part of the trick happened last?<br />

(a) the paper stuck to the balloon<br />

(b) the balloon was rubbed against<br />

some clothing<br />

(c) the sugar was sprinkled over the desk<br />

<strong>The</strong> balloon could not pick up large<br />

pieces of paper because they would:<br />

(a) be too heavy.<br />

(b) not fit on the desk.<br />

(c) not look as good as small pieces.<br />

<strong>The</strong> balloons need to be tied<br />

in a firm knot so they will:<br />

(a) pop.<br />

(b) stay blown up.<br />

(c) look magic.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Step 4 is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) sugar.<br />

(b) the balloon.<br />

(c) the desk.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

H Draw a bunch of different<br />

coloured balloons. Write<br />

words in them that have ‘ll’ or<br />

‘oo’, like the word ‘balloon’.<br />

H Draw yourself dressed<br />

as a magician<br />

doing a magic trick.


Grey 10<br />

A river walk<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

If you could take a long<br />

walk along the bank of a<br />

river from where it begins<br />

to where it flows into the<br />

sea, you would see just how<br />

much it changes.<br />

Every river has a source, which<br />

is the place where it begins. At<br />

its source, it is small and moves<br />

quickly, rushing over small rocks<br />

and bubbling through little stones.<br />

You may not even realise that it is<br />

the start of a river as you would be<br />

able to walk over it in one step.<br />

As it moves along, the river grows wider<br />

and you may need stepping stones<br />

to cross it. Further on, it is even wider<br />

and it flows more slowly. It is also deeper<br />

and can have strong currents. <strong>The</strong>se can<br />

be dangerous so always be careful when<br />

playing near a riverbank. You wouldn’t want<br />

to slip and fall in!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Parts of a river can be so wide that long bridges are<br />

needed. <strong>The</strong>y carry people, cars, trains and other vehicles from<br />

one side of the river to the other.<br />

Your walk along the river may take you through beautiful countryside<br />

and interesting towns. Unfortunately, you may also see ugly places<br />

where there are lots of factories and dirty smoke rising into the sky. You<br />

would see lots of people using the river for work and for fun.<br />

Some say a river is like a person. When it is young, it is small and active.<br />

As it gets older and moves towards its end, it flows more slowly—just like<br />

people do!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (100)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

In Paragraph 2, the word source means:<br />

(a) beginning.<br />

(b) place.<br />

(c) ketchup.<br />

Which sentence is a fact, not an opinion?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> life of a river is very interesting.<br />

(b) Rivers are used by lots of people.<br />

(c) Rivers are beautiful.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer says playing on a river bank<br />

can be dangerous because:<br />

(a) you may cut yourself on stones.<br />

(b) the fish may attack you.<br />

(c) you may slip and fall in and strong<br />

currents can sweep you away.<br />

Bridges are built across rivers:<br />

(a) because they are too wide<br />

to step across.<br />

(b) to carry people and<br />

transport across them.<br />

(c) because they look nice.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> text is about how:<br />

(a) much fun we can have on rivers.<br />

(b) important rivers are.<br />

(c) rivers grow and change.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word they means the:<br />

(a) bridges.<br />

(b) people.<br />

(c) trains.<br />

Something<br />

extra<br />

H Draw a picture of a<br />

river from beginning to<br />

end. Add some natural<br />

and built features.<br />

H Write a list of fun things<br />

you could do on a<br />

river.


Pink 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Mighty moose<br />

In North America, the largest member of the deer family is the moose.<br />

Male moose have huge antlers which can grow up to two metres<br />

across. <strong>The</strong> older ones drop them in winter to conserve energy and<br />

grow a new set in spring.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se large animals can be light brown in colour through to a dusty<br />

black and can be as heavy as you and your whole class. <strong>The</strong>y have<br />

a long nose, a drooping lip, a hump at their shoulder and a short tail.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a flap of skin, called a bell, under their throat.<br />

Moose live in forests with swamps and streams nearby and where<br />

there is deep snow in winter. <strong>The</strong>y have long skinny legs which help<br />

them to move quickly and get through the snow. <strong>The</strong>ir wide hooves<br />

have two toes that can spread out and stop them from sinking or<br />

getting stuck in very wet ground.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir thick shaggy fur keeps them warm. Sometimes they make a bed<br />

in the snow to protect themselves from the cold wind. <strong>The</strong>y like to eat<br />

from leafy trees and to rest by leaning against them.<br />

Moose have few enemies but are attacked by packs of wolves. Grizzly<br />

bears enjoy eating moose and often take over a wolf pack’s kill.<br />

Many moose are hit by cars. This usually kills them and the people in<br />

the cars too. Fences and moose warning signs have been put up on<br />

busy roads to try to protect moose and motorists.<br />

R.I.C. R.I.C. Publications ® ®<br />

<strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (101)<br />

www.ricpublications.com.au<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

Moose have wide hooves with two toes so they can:<br />

(a) reach high plants.<br />

(b) not get stuck in wet ground.<br />

(c) run fast.<br />

Moose make a bed in the snow because they:<br />

(a) need to sleep. (b) like playing. (c) feel cold.<br />

Which moose have antlers?<br />

(a) females (b) males (c) both<br />

Wolves and grizzly bears are similar because they:<br />

(a) eat moose.<br />

(b) hunt moose.<br />

(c) are the same size.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word conserve in<br />

Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) save.<br />

(b) show.<br />

(c) make.<br />

Moose live where it is:<br />

(a) hot. (b) cold. (c) dry.<br />

Which statement is an opinion and not a fact?<br />

(a) Moose are attacked by wolves.<br />

(b) Wolves are stronger than bears.<br />

(c) Grizzly bears eat moose.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word them in Paragraph 1 is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) the moose.<br />

(b) their antlers.<br />

(c) spring.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Design a moose<br />

warning sign.<br />

H Draw a moose and<br />

label its different parts.


Pink 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

You’ll never guess what I did today! I still can’t believe that it really<br />

happened. It was fantastic! I had a ride in a hot-air balloon.<br />

This term, every class at our school has been learning all about flight.<br />

<strong>The</strong> library is full of books about flight and our classrooms have pictures,<br />

flight stories and poems pinned up for everyone to read.<br />

A pilot even came to our school to talk to us about aeroplanes, airports<br />

and flying. It was really great!<br />

Last week we all went to the airport and saw lots of interesting things,<br />

but our teachers saved the best for today: a hot-air balloon!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

When I arrived at school, there it was on the school grounds. It looked<br />

so big and beautiful floating there. <strong>The</strong> balloon was really colourful and<br />

there was a basket under it with ropes so it couldn’t float off.<br />

<strong>The</strong> whole school watched while some teachers climbed into the<br />

basket with the pilot. We were allowed to hold onto the ropes as the gas<br />

fire under the balloon pushed hot air into the balloon. It slowly rose into<br />

the sky.<br />

After it landed I just couldn’t believe it—Mrs Reid chose me to have a<br />

go! It was very noisy and a bit scary but I loved it. I wished we could just<br />

float away instead of coming back down to the school.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (102)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

What caused the balloon to rise?<br />

(a) the ropes (b) the hot air (c) the wind<br />

Why did a pilot come to speak to the<br />

<strong>student</strong>s at the school?<br />

(a) He wanted to see their work.<br />

(b) His children went to the school.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> school was learning about flight.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea in Paragraph 2 is the whole<br />

school was learning about:<br />

(a) drawing pictures.<br />

(b) writing poems.<br />

(c) flight.<br />

What happened after the teachers climbed into the basket?<br />

(a) It went up. (b) <strong>The</strong>y got in. (c) It came down.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word rose in Paragraph 6 means:<br />

(a) went up. (b) a flower. (c) went down.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer is probably:<br />

(a) interested in flight.<br />

(b) bored.<br />

(c) good at drawing.<br />

After the writer leaves school,<br />

he or she may want to:<br />

(a) become a teacher.<br />

(b) learn to fly.<br />

(c) become a writer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 6 is used instead of:<br />

(a) the school.<br />

(b) the balloon.<br />

(c) the ropes.<br />

H Make a list of things<br />

you could see if you<br />

went up in a hot-air<br />

balloon from your<br />

school.<br />

H Draw and colour a<br />

hot-air balloon.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Pink 3<br />

This is how Indigenous Australians<br />

make their unique musical<br />

instrument, using a tree trunk<br />

hollowed out by insects.<br />

1 Walk into the bush.<br />

2 Look for a tree trunk that is the right size.<br />

3 Peel back some bark.<br />

4 Tap tree trunk and listen for hollow sound.<br />

5 Cut the tree trunk if it is hollow.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6 Collect some poking sticks.<br />

7 Use sticks to poke out termites and bits and pieces.<br />

8 Remove more bits and pieces by banging it on a log.<br />

9 Carve and shape outside of didgeridoo.<br />

10 Cut didgeridoo to the length that makes the best sound.<br />

11 Paint pattern on didgeridoo.<br />

12 Play and enjoy the instrument.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (103)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

What caused the tree trunks to become hollow?<br />

(a) water (b) insects (c) <strong>The</strong>y grow that way.<br />

Because they want their didgeridoos<br />

to look good, they:<br />

(a) add decorations.<br />

(b) choose good trees.<br />

(c) test for sound.<br />

After the bark is peeled back,<br />

what happens next?<br />

(a) Sticks are collected.<br />

(b) Sound is tested.<br />

(c) Trunk is tapped.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y tap the tree trunk because<br />

they are trying to find:<br />

(a) termites.<br />

(b) a hollow trunk.<br />

(c) food.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word termites in Step 7 means:<br />

(a) an insect that destroys wood.<br />

(b) an insect that bites.<br />

(c) something that happens every term.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y know how to make a didgeridoo the right length by the way it:<br />

(a) looks. (b) sounds. (c) feels.<br />

To make a good didgeridoo, Indigenous Australians need to:<br />

(a) be good musicians.<br />

(b) do each step in the correct order.<br />

(c) be clever.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Step 8 is used instead of the:<br />

(a) stick. (b) termites. (c) tree trunk.<br />

H Draw and decorate<br />

a didgeridoo.<br />

H Listen to some<br />

didgeridoo music.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy


Pink 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Bring<br />

back<br />

writing<br />

slates<br />

Ladies and gentlemen<br />

I think it is time we tried to save our planet and one way to do this is to<br />

bring writing slates back into our schools.<br />

Some of you won’t even know what a writing slate is. I suggest you talk to<br />

your grandparents because some of them used slates when they were at<br />

school. It is now time for your children to use slates, too.<br />

Years ago, children liked slates for a number of different reasons. If they<br />

made a mistake it was easy to change it. Also, they didn’t need to keep<br />

sharpening their pencils. This saved a lot of time, more trees and meant<br />

less mess as well.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

You only need to walk into any school and look around it. <strong>The</strong>re is paper<br />

everywhere. Think of all the beautiful trees that were cut down to make all<br />

that paper.<br />

Think about where most of the paper eventually ends up. That’s right, in<br />

the rubbish bins at school or at home.<br />

I know that some of you will protest and say that you recycle paper in<br />

your schools and in your homes as well. That’s great, but it takes energy<br />

to recycle paper and it would be much better if we didn’t use so much of<br />

it in the first place.<br />

So please, join me by encouraging schools to use slates again and help<br />

us to save the planet.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (104)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

<strong>The</strong> speaker wants slates used in schools again because:<br />

(a) they are fun.<br />

(b) it will save trees.<br />

(c) they’re easy to use.<br />

<strong>The</strong> speaker wants children to find out about slates by:<br />

(a) asking old people.<br />

(b) reading.<br />

(c) using one.<br />

Which statement is a fact?<br />

(a) Most paper ends up in rubbish bins.<br />

(b) Your grandparents liked using slates.<br />

(c) Paper is made from trees.<br />

Slates and paper are the same because they are:<br />

(a) white. (b) used for writing. (c) easy to make.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word eventually in Paragraph 5 means:<br />

(a) soon. (b) finally. (c) even.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea in Paragraph 3 is to explain why slates:<br />

(a) were popular. (b) were easy to use. (c) saved time.<br />

<strong>The</strong> speaker’s reason for speaking was to persuade people to:<br />

(a) cut down more trees.<br />

(b) save money.<br />

(c) use less paper.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

8.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 4<br />

is used instead of the:<br />

(a) school.<br />

(b) paper.<br />

(c) trees.<br />

Something different<br />

H Make a list of things that<br />

are made from trees.<br />

H Draw ten things made of<br />

paper.


Pink 5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Dear Mrs Jones<br />

Did you know that Year 3 Red has a class pet? It’s a goldfish named<br />

‘Chips’. Well, we, the <strong>student</strong>s of Year 3 Blue, would like to get a class pet,<br />

too.<br />

We thought a lion would be a great class pet. <strong>The</strong>y are cute and furry,<br />

just like big kittens, really.<br />

A lion could help us learn about Africa, because that is where they<br />

come from. We could also learn a lot about caring for animals if we<br />

had a class lion. We could measure its growth and the food it eats. We<br />

could use it for creative writing ideas, weigh the meat it eats and vote<br />

for things like what to name it. We would learn lots of first aid, too.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

We think lions can make great pets. <strong>The</strong>y are social and like to be with<br />

others. <strong>The</strong>y can be quite affectionate and won’t bite too often if we<br />

feed them enough. <strong>The</strong>y might cost a little bit to buy and feed. But they<br />

can eat some of the scraps from our school meals. So they can help<br />

us to reduce the amount of rubbish we make. <strong>The</strong>y don’t smell bad like<br />

some pets. And a lion could help keep robbers and thieves out of our<br />

classroom on weekends.<br />

We hope you can see that a lion would be a great addition to our class,<br />

and that you will agree to get us one soon!<br />

Year 3 Blue<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (105)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 4 means friendly and loving?<br />

(a) social (b) great (c) affectionate<br />

What scraps would lions be most likely to eat?<br />

(a) cakes (b) fruit and vegetables (c) meat<br />

Which paragraph explains what lions could teach the class?<br />

(a) Paragraph 1 (b) Paragraph 3 (c) Paragraph 4<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 4 is that lions:<br />

(a) eat scraps.<br />

(b) don’t cost much.<br />

(c) can make good class pets.<br />

Which sentence is an opinion?<br />

(a) Lions are cute.<br />

(b) Lions eat meat.<br />

(c) Lions have fur.<br />

Where do lions come from?<br />

(a) South America<br />

(b) Africa<br />

(c) Asia<br />

<strong>The</strong> writers think a lion might be:<br />

(a) funny.<br />

(b) fun.<br />

(c) a good class pet.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word they<br />

is used instead of:<br />

(a) lions.<br />

(b) a lion.<br />

(c) animals.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write what sort of class pet<br />

you have or would like to<br />

have.<br />

H Make a list of the things<br />

you would need to get to<br />

look after a lion.


Pink 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Danger on the mountain<br />

How could something that started out so well have<br />

changed so quickly?<br />

When Caleb and his dad had left home<br />

to spend the weekend climbing Mount<br />

Reid, it had been a beautifully still<br />

spring day. <strong>The</strong>y had both felt<br />

great as they walked along<br />

munching muesli bars. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

hardly noticed the heavy packs<br />

they carried on their backs.<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir plan was to spend the night<br />

in the climbers’ hut near the top,<br />

where there were no phones and no<br />

people. <strong>The</strong>y would climb up to the<br />

summit in the morning before making<br />

their way back down again.<br />

During the afternoon, it became quite<br />

dark and the wind was stronger and<br />

very cold. <strong>The</strong>y put on extra clothes and<br />

trudged on. It was getting harder and<br />

harder to move against the wind. <strong>The</strong>n the<br />

rain started and it stopped being fun.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> ground was wet and very slippery. Dad slid<br />

across some rocks, twisted his foot and fell. He just sat there, holding<br />

his leg and moaning.<br />

Caleb realised Dad couldn’t get up to the hut or get back down<br />

again. It was dark and they were both cold, wet and miserable. This<br />

just shouldn’t be happening at this time of year. What could he do?<br />

He couldn’t leave his dad and if he did, he might get lost. All he could<br />

do was try to keep Dad as warm, dry and comfortable as he could.<br />

He dragged open their packs. He was sure it was going to be the<br />

longest night of his life!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (106)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

Which season of the year was it?<br />

(a) winter (b) spring (c) summer<br />

What happened before Dad fell?<br />

(a) He slipped.<br />

(b) He groaned.<br />

(c) He held his leg.<br />

What probably happened the next day?<br />

(a) Dad crawled down the mountain.<br />

(b) Caleb climbed up to the top and phoned for help.<br />

(c) After the storm, rescuers came looking for them.<br />

Dad was moaning because he was:<br />

(a) cold. (b) in pain. (c) unhappy.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word summit in Paragraph 3 means:<br />

(a) the top. (b) added bits. (c) the side.<br />

What caused Dad to slip?<br />

(a) He was hurrying.<br />

(b) It was cold.<br />

(c) slippery rocks<br />

Which statement is a fact,<br />

not an opinion?<br />

(a) Dad was careless.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y were very good climbers.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> weather changed suddenly.<br />

8.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word he in Paragraph 5<br />

is used instead of:<br />

(a) Dad.<br />

(b) Caleb.<br />

(c) the man.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a list of the<br />

things you think Caleb<br />

might have taken in<br />

his backpack.


Pink 7<br />

Canteen food –<br />

Good or bad?<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

What do you think about the food and drinks school canteens sell? Lots<br />

of the parents, teachers and <strong>student</strong>s at our school have been talking<br />

about it this week.<br />

We have a new canteen manager who wants to change things by<br />

getting rid of everything she thinks is not healthy. She wants to ban soft<br />

drinks and even some fruit juice packs because they have too much<br />

sugar. But why? She doesn’t look like she eats healthy food herself.<br />

Our teacher, Mr Tan, is very cross because he has an ice-cream every<br />

morning. He says that the milk in it is good for him and the sugar gives<br />

him the energy to put up with us for the rest of the day. He usually buys<br />

a pie and chips for lunch.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Miss Cody, who is very thin and sporty, thinks that we should all be<br />

running around at lunch. So she doesn’t think we need a canteen. You<br />

can see that she lives on carrot sticks, celery and nuts. She wants us all<br />

to be healthy and to look and feel like sports stars.<br />

My mum doesn’t let us buy much junk food, but she says that the<br />

money from the canteen buys books for the school library. Mum is<br />

worried that if it doesn’t sell as much, we won’t get any new books.<br />

We’ll just have to wait and see what happens and who wins. But I do<br />

know it will be impossible to please everyone!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (107)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

What does Mr Tan buy every day from the canteen?<br />

(a) pie and chips (b) an ice-cream (c) milk<br />

Mum is concerned because:<br />

(a) the canteen sells junk food.<br />

(b) Mr Tan eats junk food.<br />

(c) the school needs the money<br />

from the canteen.<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea in Paragraph 3 is:<br />

(a) ice-cream is good.<br />

(b) Mr Tan is cross.<br />

(c) Mr Tan likes sugar.<br />

It is a fact that the new canteen manager:<br />

(a) looks healthy.<br />

(b) wants change.<br />

(c) is popular.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word ban in Paragraph 2 means:<br />

(a) put together. (b) stop. (c) make.<br />

Miss Cody:<br />

(a) is healthy. (b) hates sport. (c) is fat.<br />

This text was written:<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

(a) to stop the canteen being changed.<br />

(b) to discuss canteen changes.<br />

(c) because the writer wants the canteen to change.<br />

8.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word she in Paragraph 5<br />

is used instead of:<br />

(a) Mum.<br />

(b) Miss Cody.<br />

(c) the librarian.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw and label five healthy<br />

foods you would like to eat.<br />

H Circle the one you like best.


Pink 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Are prairie dogs<br />

really dogs?<br />

Prairie dogs, which are found on the prairies or grasslands of North<br />

America, are not anything like dogs. <strong>The</strong>y are a type of rodent and<br />

belong to the squirrel family. <strong>The</strong>y were called ‘dogs’ because of the<br />

high barking noise they make.<br />

When prairie dogs standing on guard see an enemy, they bark to<br />

warn others about it. <strong>The</strong>n they run down one of the entrances of their<br />

burrows as fast as they can. This is a wise move because they are very<br />

fast over a short distance and can get to safety quickly. <strong>The</strong>ir enemies<br />

include large birds, snakes, badgers and humans. Prairie dogs have a<br />

different bark for each one.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se animals are about 30 cm tall and have round heads, hairy tails<br />

and short legs. <strong>The</strong>y are a yellowish-brown colour with darker ears<br />

hidden in their fur and a lighter belly. <strong>The</strong>ir large eyes are on the sides of<br />

their head.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir burrows, called ‘towns’, have several entrances and side rooms<br />

where they sleep at night, hibernate in winter and store the grass, seeds<br />

and leaves they eat. Prairie dogs get all the water they need from this<br />

food. <strong>The</strong>y also enjoy eating a few insects.<br />

Prairie dogs are not like other rodents because each year they have<br />

only one litter of three to five pups. Pups are born blind and hairless and<br />

only come out of the burrow after six weeks.<br />

So you can see that they are really not a bit like dogs, are they?<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (108)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

Prairie dogs were called dogs because they:<br />

(a) look like dogs. (b) sound like dogs. (c) act like dogs.<br />

Prairie dogs are different from other rodents like mice because they:<br />

(a) have only one small litter a year.<br />

(b) can stand up on their back legs.<br />

(c) live in burrows.<br />

Prairie dog burrows have more than one entrance:<br />

(a) to look good. (b) for fresh air. (c) for safety.<br />

Prairie dogs can see very well because they:<br />

(a) have two large eyes. (b) are tall. (c) see enemies.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word hibernate in Paragraph 4 means:<br />

(a) sleep a long time.<br />

(b) hide.<br />

(c) sleep in summer.<br />

Which statement is a fact, not an opinion?<br />

(a) Prairie dogs are cute.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> barking noise they make is strange.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y eat grass.<br />

Because prairie dogs get the water they need<br />

from their food, we know that they:<br />

(a) don’t drink water.<br />

(b) like eating.<br />

(c) drink milk.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 2 is<br />

used instead of:<br />

(a) the prairie dog.<br />

(b) a burrow.<br />

(c) an enemy.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

Something extra<br />

H Do you think a prairie dog<br />

would be a good pet?<br />

H Write some instructions<br />

for looking after a prairie<br />

dog pet.


Pink 9<br />

You will need:<br />

l 1 small tub vanilla ice-cream<br />

l 4 ice-cream cones<br />

l 200 g dark chocolate<br />

l 32 white or pink marshmallows<br />

l Coloured sweets for decoration<br />

Instructions<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Melt chocolate in microwave.<br />

Paint each cone with melted<br />

chocolate and put aside.<br />

Place 4 scoops ice-cream on<br />

waxed paper.<br />

Stick on hats.<br />

Decorate faces with sweets<br />

and place in freezer for 2<br />

hours.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

6<br />

Arrange 8 marshmallows<br />

on each plate to make the<br />

clown’s ruffle and decorate<br />

them with drizzled chocolate<br />

and sweets.<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Remove from freezer and peel<br />

off waxed paper.<br />

Place clowns on plates.<br />

Eat and enjoy!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (109)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

What should you do before you place<br />

ice-cream scoops on waxed paper?<br />

(a) Wedge on hats.<br />

(b) Make ruffles.<br />

(c) Paint cones.<br />

<strong>The</strong> clowns’ ruffles are made with:<br />

(a) chocolate.<br />

(b) marshmallows.<br />

(c) paper.<br />

<strong>The</strong> clowns are put back in the freezer to:<br />

(a) keep them safe.<br />

(b) stop them melting.<br />

(c) stop people from eating them.<br />

Which statement is an opinion?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> clowns will be delicious to eat.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> ruffles go around the clowns necks.<br />

(c) Chocolate melts in a microwave.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word ruffle in Step 6 means:<br />

(a) frill around a neck. (b) head. (c) nose.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

If you didn’t make sweet eyes for the clowns, they would:<br />

(a) not be able to see. (b) melt. (c) look strange.<br />

What causes ice-cream to freeze?<br />

(a) heat (b) cold (c) cooking<br />

8. 8 <strong>The</strong> word them in Step 6<br />

is used instead of the:<br />

(a) plates.<br />

(b) sweets.<br />

(c) clowns’ ruffles.<br />

H Draw a picture to show how<br />

you would decorate an icecream<br />

clown if you made one.<br />

H Make a list of the sweets you<br />

would use to do this.


Pink 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

<strong>The</strong> first sandwich<br />

You know what a sandwich is, but do you know how it got its name?<br />

This explanation, which may or may not be true, is said to have<br />

happened in England in 1762.<br />

A man called John Montagu, the 4th Earl of Sandwich, was enjoying<br />

playing <strong>cards</strong> with some friends. He was feeling hungry, but he didn’t<br />

want to stop playing <strong>cards</strong> to eat. Calling a waiter over, he asked for a<br />

slice of roast beef between two thick slices of bread. When he ate the<br />

meat like this, his fingers didn’t get greasy. This made him very happy.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Some of the men who were playing <strong>cards</strong> with him saw what he was<br />

eating. <strong>The</strong>y probably said something like this to the waiter: ‘I would<br />

like what Sandwich is having’. <strong>The</strong>y tried one and decided that it was a<br />

great way to eat meat and play <strong>cards</strong> at the same time. So they kept<br />

requesting it.<br />

After some time, they just started asking the waiter for a ‘sandwich’. <strong>The</strong><br />

name became very popular. It is now used all over the world.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Earl of Sandwich is also remembered because the Sandwich<br />

Islands, which are now called Hawaii, were named after him by<br />

Captain James Cook. He had given Captain Cook money to pay for<br />

his long journeys and it was Cook’s way of saying thank you.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (110)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1. What did the Earl of Sandwich want between the bread?<br />

(a) lamb (b) salad (c) beef<br />

2. <strong>The</strong> main idea in Paragraph 3 is:<br />

(a) the men were talking to the waiter.<br />

(b) the Earl of Sandwich’s friends copied him.<br />

(c) they enjoyed playing <strong>cards</strong>.<br />

3. What happened first?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> men wanted what the Earl was eating.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> Earl ordered meat between slices of bread.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> men were playing <strong>cards</strong>.<br />

4. <strong>The</strong> Earl didn’t want greasy fingers because he didn’t want:<br />

(a) greasy <strong>cards</strong>. (b) to wash them. (c) to feel them.<br />

5. <strong>The</strong> word requesting in Paragraph 3 means:<br />

(a) asking for. (b) explaining. (c) telling about.<br />

66.<br />

What would cause the Earl’s fingers<br />

to become greasy?<br />

7.<br />

(a) the bread<br />

(b) the meat<br />

(c) the <strong>cards</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> Earl:<br />

(a) loved <strong>cards</strong>.<br />

(b) was greedy.<br />

(c) worked hard.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

8.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 1<br />

is used instead of:<br />

(a) an explanation.<br />

(b) the name.<br />

(c) the sandwich.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Make a list of the things you<br />

like to have in a sandwich.<br />

H Draw a picture of it.


Lemon 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

Laszlo Biro’s<br />

invention<br />

You have probably heard the word biro , but do you know that it is the<br />

name of the man who invented the ballpoint pens we use today?<br />

Laszlo Biro, who was working for a newspaper in Hungary, noticed how<br />

quickly the ink they used to print newspapers dried on the paper and<br />

that it didn’t smudge. He thought it was so much better than the Indian<br />

ink they used in fountain pens, which was so messy that people often<br />

had to use blotting paper.<br />

He tried the newspaper ink in a fountain pen, but it wouldn’t flow into<br />

the tip of the pen. So he decided to try to make a pen that could use a<br />

quick-drying ink.<br />

Working with his brother, George, who was a chemist, he tried using a<br />

small metal ball that rolled around at the end of a tube of thicker<br />

quick-drying ink. It worked!<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

<strong>The</strong> metal ball acted like a cap and stopped the ink from drying out.<br />

But when the pen was being used, it rolled around and let the ink flow<br />

onto the paper at an even rate.<br />

During World War II, crews in the Royal Air Force tried using biros. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

worked so well in the air and on the ground that the British government<br />

decided to buy them. <strong>The</strong>y soon became very popular.<br />

Today, millions of these pens are made each day around the world,<br />

but there are different names on them because Laszlo Biro sold his<br />

invention.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (111)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

What was Laszlo Biro’s brother’s job?<br />

(a) pilot (b) chemist (c) reporter<br />

Blotting paper was used to:<br />

(a) dry ink.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer wrote this text to:<br />

(a) make you laugh.<br />

(b) tell a story.<br />

(c) explain something.<br />

What did Laszlo Biro do first?<br />

(b) make blots. (c) write on.<br />

(a) ask his brother to help him<br />

(b) made a pen with a ball that rolled around<br />

(c) tried newspaper ink in a fountain pen<br />

<strong>The</strong> word smudge in Paragraph 2 means to make:<br />

(a) mud. (b) a dirty mark. (c) mistakes.<br />

Laszlo Biro was good at:<br />

(a) making money.<br />

(b) flying.<br />

(c) solving problems.<br />

Why did biros become so popular?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y worked very well.<br />

(b) Many different companies made them.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y looked good.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word it in Paragraph 5<br />

is used instead of the:<br />

(a) cap.<br />

(b) ink.<br />

(c) metal ball.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Find a biro and look<br />

carefully at the tiny<br />

ball in the tip of the<br />

pen.<br />

H Make a list of names<br />

used on biros. What<br />

is the most common<br />

name?


Lemon 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

Mrs Crank’s house<br />

Just down the road from my place was an untidy, rundown house.<br />

<strong>The</strong> weeds out the front were waist-high and some of the windows<br />

were broken. I didn’t think anyone lived there until Mum told me it<br />

was home to an old lady known as Mrs Crank.<br />

For some reason, most of the kids around were scared of that old<br />

place. Even I walked on the other side of the road, rather than get<br />

too close. <strong>The</strong>re was just something about it that made me shiver.<br />

One cold, dark afternoon in winter, my friends and I were bored.<br />

We had played every game we knew and had run out of ideas.<br />

‘Let’s play “dare” again’, suggested Tom. ‘It’s my turn. I dare Maya<br />

to knock on Mrs Crank’s door!’<br />

‘Me?’ I said. ‘No way! That’s not fair!’<br />

‘Maya is a chicken, Maya is a chicken …’ my friends chanted. It<br />

looked like I had no choice. I got my coat and we went outside.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y hid behind bushes while I crept slowly up<br />

to the front door of Mrs Crank’s house. My heart<br />

was thumping and my hands were shaking. I<br />

was so scared. My hand reached up slowly<br />

to knock on the door. Just as I was about to<br />

knock … the door swung open! ‘Aaaargh!’ I<br />

screamed. ‘Aaaargh!’ my friends screamed,<br />

and ran away.<br />

‘Hello, dear’, said a smiling old lady. ‘My,<br />

it’s cold out here. Would you like to come<br />

in for a cup of hot chocolate?’ I stopped<br />

screaming.<br />

‘Ah … I guess so. Thanks.’<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

In the end, I enjoyed that cold afternoon,<br />

cosy in Mrs Crank’s kitchen. We talked,<br />

ate cakes and drank hot chocolate.<br />

She’s a nice lady. I’m really glad I took<br />

that dare!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (112)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

What does the word rundown<br />

in Paragraph 1 mean?<br />

(a) old and broken<br />

(b) tired and lazy<br />

(c) to run downhill<br />

Asking someone to do something<br />

scary is called a:<br />

(a) chicken. (b) dare. (c) game.<br />

While Maya walked up to Mrs Crank’s house,<br />

her friends were:<br />

(a) scared. (b) hiding. (c) screaming.<br />

What happened just before Maya screamed?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> door opened.<br />

(b) She saw an old lady.<br />

(c) Her friends dared her.<br />

How does Maya feel about Mrs Crank after meeting her? Maya:<br />

(a) likes her. (b) is scared of her. (c) dares her.<br />

How are Mrs Crank and Maya similar?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>y are the same height.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong>y have the same colour eyes.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong>y live in the same town.<br />

Which words best describe Mrs Crank?<br />

(a) old and friendly<br />

(b) old and cranky<br />

(c) clever and nice<br />

In Paragraph 6, they means:<br />

(a) the writer.<br />

(b) Maya’s friends.<br />

(c) Mrs Crank and Maya.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write what you think<br />

Maya’s mum said<br />

when Maya told her<br />

what happened.<br />

H Write down some ideas<br />

to help Mrs Crank<br />

make her house look<br />

better.


Lemon 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Egypt is famous for its pyramids. <strong>The</strong>y are enormous buildings with a<br />

square base and four triangle-shaped sides that come to a point at the<br />

top. <strong>The</strong>se buildings have been in Egypt for thousands of years—so long<br />

that no-one today really knows how or why they were built.<br />

People who study graves, buildings and tools from the past are called<br />

archaeologists. <strong>The</strong>y know that pyramids were made with thousands<br />

of large, very heavy stone blocks. Each stone block had to be cut and<br />

shaped to fit perfectly by stonemasons. Moving and lifting these blocks<br />

without machines would have been very hard. <strong>The</strong>y think the Egyptian<br />

people used ropes to pull the heavy blocks up slopes made with mud.<br />

When they were finished, the pyramids would have been smooth.<br />

Many archaeologists have studied the pyramids to try to find out more<br />

about them. Inside most pyramids, a carefully buried body and treasure<br />

have been found. Because of this, most archaeologists think each<br />

pyramid was built to bury an Egyptian king or queen, called a pharaoh.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

After a pharaoh died, his or her body was sometimes<br />

put in a pyramid with gold, treasures and even animals.<br />

Sadly, because many pyramids had treasures inside,<br />

nearly all of them were robbed before they could be<br />

studied. However, archaeologists have still been able<br />

to find out interesting things about these great big<br />

graves. <strong>The</strong> burial place in a pyramid was hidden in<br />

a maze of tunnels. Sometimes, a secret door leading<br />

to the burial place was hidden behind a statue.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se things would have made it harder for the grave<br />

robbers to find.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (113)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

What word in Paragraph 3 means king or queen?<br />

(a) archaeologist (b) pharaoh (c) pyramid<br />

What is a person who works with stone called?<br />

(a) an Egyptian (b) a builder (c) a stonemason<br />

Paragraph 3 tells mainly:<br />

(a) why pyramids were built.<br />

(b) where pyramids can be found.<br />

(c) how pyramids were built.<br />

A grave and a pyramid are similar because they both are:<br />

(a) underground.<br />

(b) places where people are buried.<br />

(c) often robbed.<br />

Some burial places were not easily discovered because:<br />

(a) they had a lock on the door.<br />

(b) they were too small.<br />

(c) the entrance was hidden.<br />

<strong>The</strong> people buried in the pyramids were:<br />

(a) very rich (b) men (c) workers<br />

It has sometimes been hard to learn about<br />

pyramids because they have been:<br />

(a) broken.<br />

(b) closed.<br />

(c) robbed.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word<br />

them is used instead of:<br />

(a) the pyramids.<br />

(b) buried bodies.<br />

(c) archaeologists.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write what you think it would<br />

be like if you became a<br />

king when you were nine.<br />

H Write about a discovery you<br />

might make if you were an<br />

archaeologist.


Lemon 4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Does a huntsman hunt men?<br />

Does a huntsman hunt men?<br />

Huntsman spiders are<br />

found in many parts of the<br />

world. <strong>The</strong>y can be found in<br />

bushland, gardens, garden<br />

sheds and sometimes in<br />

houses, but prefer to live in<br />

woody places, like under the<br />

bark on trees.<br />

Huntsman spiders can be<br />

quite large, growing up to<br />

15 cm wide from leg to leg.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y are brown or grey in<br />

colour. <strong>The</strong>y have crab-like legs<br />

that bend forwards. This means<br />

they can move sideways quite<br />

fast. <strong>The</strong>ir front two pairs of legs<br />

are usually much longer than<br />

their back legs. <strong>The</strong>y often have<br />

a flattened body, which is useful<br />

for crawling underneath bark<br />

and into other hiding places.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se spiders can walk on walls<br />

and even on ceilings. <strong>The</strong>y can<br />

move very quickly. <strong>The</strong>y use their<br />

speed to hunt and catch insects to<br />

eat. Huntsman spiders do not build webs.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Even though their name makes you think they might hunt people,<br />

they don’t! Huntsman spiders are harmless to humans, but they might<br />

bite to protect themselves. While the bite is harmless, it can still be quite<br />

painful.<br />

If you see a huntsman, it’s probably best just to leave it alone. It is not<br />

dangerous and might even help get rid of harmful insects in your<br />

garden and home.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (114)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word harmless in Paragraph<br />

4 means not able to:<br />

(a) be a hunter.<br />

(b) be scary.<br />

(c) hurt people.<br />

Huntsman spiders can crawl<br />

under bark because they:<br />

(a) have longer front legs.<br />

(b) have crab-like legs.<br />

(c) have a flat body.<br />

<strong>The</strong> name huntsman might come from the way these spiders:<br />

(a) crawl. (b) catch their food. (c) grow.<br />

Huntsman spiders differ from most other spiders because they:<br />

(a) don’t spin webs. (b) can move fast. (c) are brown.<br />

Huntsman spiders can be useful to humans because they:<br />

(a) eat harmful insects. (b) don’t spin webs. (c) hunt at night.<br />

Huntsman spiders might bite a person to:<br />

(a) hunt. (b) protect themselves. (c) eat.<br />

Which sentence is an opinion?<br />

(a) Huntsman spiders can move sideways.<br />

(b) Huntsman spiders are scary.<br />

(c) Huntsman spiders eat insects.<br />

In Paragraph 4, the word<br />

they is used instead of:<br />

(a) humans.<br />

(b) spider bites.<br />

(c) huntsman spiders.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

Something extra<br />

H List three other animals or insects that<br />

can walk on ceilings.<br />

H Draw a place near your home where<br />

you think a huntsman might live.


Part human, part animal<br />

Lemon 5<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

<strong>The</strong> Minotaur was a fierce and aggressive<br />

creature in Greek myths. <strong>The</strong>re was only<br />

one Minotaur. It had the head and tail<br />

of a bull and the body of a man. When it<br />

was captured, the Minotaur was locked<br />

in a big maze from which escape was<br />

said to be impossible. <strong>The</strong> Minotaur was<br />

given seven young men and seven young<br />

women every nine years. It killed and ate<br />

them one by one. Finally, a hero called<br />

<strong>The</strong>seus killed it while it slept.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Sphinx was part of Greek and<br />

Egyptian myths. It had the body of a lion<br />

and the head of a human. <strong>The</strong> Sphinx was<br />

a creature of destruction and bad luck.<br />

In one myth, a winged Sphinx would ask<br />

people a riddle: ‘What animal goes on<br />

four feet in the morning, on two at noon,<br />

and in the evening upon three?’ <strong>The</strong><br />

answer was a human, who in childhood<br />

crawls on hands and knees, in adulthood<br />

walks, and in old age needs a walking<br />

stick. Any person who couldn’t give the<br />

right answer would be killed and eaten.<br />

Strange creatures can be found in many myths<br />

from around the world. Some of the strangest of<br />

these were part human and part animal.<br />

Centaurs in Greek mythology were part human<br />

and part horse. <strong>The</strong>y had the legs and body<br />

of a horse. Where the horse’s neck and head<br />

should have been there was a human waist,<br />

chest, head and arms. <strong>The</strong> centaurs were wild,<br />

strong creatures. Only the leader of the centaurs,<br />

Chiron, was wise and gentle. He was a teacher to<br />

many of the Greek heroes, such as Achilles.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (115)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word myths in Paragraph 1 means:<br />

(a) mysteries. (b) old stories. (c) creatures.<br />

<strong>The</strong> legs of the Sphinx were those of a:<br />

(a) horse. (b) goat. (c) lion.<br />

When the Minotaur was killed, it was:<br />

(a) angry. (b) fighting. (c) asleep.<br />

Why was the Minotaur put in a maze?<br />

(a) for its safety (b) It was dangerous. (c) for sport<br />

Which part of a centaur was human?<br />

(a) the upper body<br />

(b) the body<br />

(c) the head<br />

What caused the Sphinx to kill<br />

and eat people?<br />

(a) a wrong answer<br />

(b) the right answer<br />

(c) being hungry<br />

<strong>The</strong> text was written to:<br />

(a) give information.<br />

(b) give instructions.<br />

(c) amuse.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word<br />

it means:<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong>seus.<br />

(b) the Minotaur.<br />

(c) a young person.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H If you could choose to be part<br />

animal, which animal would you<br />

choose? Why?<br />

H Make up a riddle similar to the<br />

one that the Sphinx asked.


Lemon 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Was T. rex<br />

the king?<br />

Tyrannosaurus rex was one of the largest meat-eating dinosaurs<br />

(carnivores) that ever lived. Its name means ‘tyrant lizard king’. T. rex is<br />

seen by many as the king of the dinosaurs.<br />

From bones found in the ground (fossils), we know that T. rex was about<br />

12 metres long and about 4.6 to 6 metres tall. It walked on two large,<br />

strong back legs. It had a huge head, strong jaws and teeth that could<br />

bite through bone. Its mouth was big enough to fit a whole person!<br />

Tyrannosaurus’ arms were small but powerful. With its strong legs and<br />

long, powerful tail, it could move quickly.<br />

For a long time, T. rex was the biggest meat-eating dinosaur that had<br />

been discovered. <strong>The</strong>n bones of the slightly taller Giganotosaurus<br />

were found. Its skull was big, like T. rex’s, but not as wide or heavy. Its<br />

teeth were shaped more for cutting and slicing than crushing bones.<br />

Giganotosaurus also had a much smaller brain that was the size and<br />

shape of a banana.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Bigger again was Spinosaurus. It may be the largest carnivore to have<br />

roamed the Earth. Although it was bigger, Spinosaurus was lighter than<br />

both T. rex and Giganotosaurus. Its teeth and jaws were big, but not as<br />

strong, and it might have eaten mostly fish.<br />

T. rex wasn’t the largest carnivore, but with its strong teeth, jaws and<br />

legs it was a fierce predator. Many people think it deserves its name.<br />

What do you think?<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (116)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 4 means wandered, often in search of food?<br />

(a) walked (b) roamed (c) moved<br />

A predator is an animal that:<br />

(a) eats meat and plants.<br />

(b) has strong jaws and legs.<br />

(c) hunts and kills other animals for food.<br />

From biggest to smallest, the correct order of the dinosaurs is:<br />

(a) Tyrannosaurus rex, Giganotosaurus, Spinosaurus.<br />

(b) Spinosaurus, Giganotosaurus, Tyrannosaurus rex.<br />

(c) Giganotosaurus, Tyrannosaurus rex, Spinosaurus.<br />

A Giganotosaurus’s brain and a banana were a similar:<br />

(a) colour. (b) shape and size. (c) taste.<br />

Why do the three dinosaurs in the text have big teeth?<br />

(a) to kill and eat animals<br />

(b) to break tree branches<br />

(c) to look fierce<br />

What did T. rex eat?<br />

(a) fish (b) other dinosaurs (c) sheep<br />

Which answer is an opinion?<br />

Giganotosaurus was:<br />

(a) a dinosaur.<br />

(b) a carnivore.<br />

(c) huge.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

In Paragraph 5, the word it means:<br />

(a) T. rex.<br />

(b) Giganotosaurus.<br />

(c) Spinosaurus.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Imagine you discover the<br />

bones of an even bigger<br />

carnivore. Write what you<br />

would call your dinosaur,<br />

and why.<br />

H Use the description in the<br />

text to draw a picture of<br />

yourself next to a T. rex


Lemon 7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

<strong>The</strong><br />

porridge pot<br />

Once upon a time, a little girl lived with<br />

her mother in a small village. <strong>The</strong>y were<br />

very poor and hungry. One day, they had<br />

nothing left to eat, so the little girl went to<br />

the forest to find some berries and nuts.<br />

<strong>The</strong> girl couldn’t find any food. Upset, she<br />

sat down and cried. Just then, she heard a<br />

crackly old voice asking her what was wrong. She looked up to see an<br />

old lady with a hairy mole on her face. She was wearing a big, dark coat<br />

and pink, fluffy slippers. <strong>The</strong> little girl told her what was wrong.<br />

<strong>The</strong> old lady reached into her coat and took out a small black pot. She<br />

gave it to the girl and said, ‘Here, take this. It is a magic pot. Put it on the<br />

fire and say, “Boil, little pot, boil”, and you will have hot porridge. When<br />

the pot is full, you must say, “Stop, little pot, stop!”, and it will stop cooking.<br />

Don’t forget these words!’<br />

<strong>The</strong> little girl thanked her and ran home to show her mother. <strong>The</strong>y put it on<br />

the fire and said the words. <strong>The</strong>ir eyes widened as the pot made delicious<br />

hot porridge! When the pot was full, the girl said, ‘Stop, little pot, stop!’ And<br />

it did! So, for a long time, the little girl and her mother had enough food<br />

to eat.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

One day, while the girl was visiting her grandma, her mother got hungry.<br />

She decided to make some—you guessed it—porridge! ‘Boil, little pot, boil’,<br />

the mother said, and soon the pot was full. But she could not remember<br />

the magic words to stop the pot cooking. Porridge bubbled over the rim<br />

of the pot and onto the floor. ‘No more, little pot, no more!’ she said, but<br />

the pot kept on cooking. Soon, a river of gooey porridge oozed out the<br />

door, into the street and over paths, bushes and even small children.<br />

When the little girl got back, she quickly said the magic words and the<br />

pot stopped cooking. By that time the villagers were having swimming<br />

races in the porridge! Everyone had to eat a lot of porridge before they<br />

could get back into their homes!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (117)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

What is another word for delicious in Paragraph 4?<br />

(a) deli (b) tasty (c) sticky<br />

<strong>The</strong> little girl and her mother were hungry because they were:<br />

(a) on a diet. (b) terrible at cooking. (c) poor.<br />

Why did the little girl go into the forest?<br />

(a) to visit her grandma (b) to find food (c) for a stroll<br />

Which paragraph explains how the girl got the magic porridge pot?<br />

(a) Paragraph 3 (b) Paragraph 4 (c) Paragraph 2<br />

What happened just before the porridge<br />

went everywhere?<br />

(a) <strong>The</strong> mother forgot to turn it off.<br />

(b) <strong>The</strong> little girl went to see her grandma.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> mother forgot the magic words.<br />

Next time the little girl goes out alone,<br />

she will probably:<br />

(a) lock her mother in her bedroom.<br />

(b) remind her mother of the magic words.<br />

(c) take her mother with her.<br />

<strong>The</strong> old lady in the forest<br />

was probably:<br />

(a) rich.<br />

(b) a witch.<br />

(c) crazy.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word she in Paragraph 5<br />

is used instead of:<br />

(a) the little girl.<br />

(b) the little girl’s mother.<br />

(c) the old lady.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write what might have<br />

happened if the little<br />

girl had not stopped the<br />

porridge pot cooking<br />

when she did.<br />

H Write some interesting<br />

ways the villagers might<br />

have got rid of the<br />

porridge.


Lemon 8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Faster than sound<br />

Sound can move through the air. This is why we can hear loud sounds<br />

from something happening far away just after it happens. But sound is<br />

not the only thing that can move fast through the air. Some planes can<br />

fly as fast as sound. When they move at the speed of sound, they are<br />

travelling at Mach 1. This is about 1220 kilometres per hour.<br />

Some aircraft can move even faster than Mach 1. A plane moving<br />

faster than the speed of sound flies at supersonic speeds. <strong>The</strong><br />

Concorde was a supersonic passenger plane. It flew people around<br />

the world much faster than other planes. However, it was also very<br />

expensive and loud. When a plane moves at supersonic speeds it uses<br />

a lot of fuel and makes a sound like thunder, called a sonic boom. <strong>The</strong><br />

Concorde planes stopped flying in 2003.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Now most supersonic planes are used by the military. Some of them<br />

can move twice as fast as sound, a speed called Mach 2. Some can<br />

go even faster! Once a plane flies faster than Mach 5 (five times the<br />

speed of sound), it is called hypersonic.<br />

In 2004, NASA flew the X-43A, a hypersonic plane, at almost Mach 10. It<br />

reached a top speed of over 12 000 kilometres per hour. This is about<br />

twelve times faster than the passenger planes we usually fly in.<br />

Imagine one day flying in hypersonic planes. Instead of taking over 21<br />

hours to fly from Sydney to London, it could take you less than 2 hours!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (118)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

A plane that carries people is called a:<br />

(a) passenger plane. (b) supersonic jet. (c) navy plane.<br />

NASA flew a plane at nearly how many times the speed of sound?<br />

(a) two (b) three (c) ten<br />

A plane makes a sonic boom when it flies:<br />

(a) at supersonic speeds. (b) at Mach 1. (c) too high.<br />

How fast did the X-43A fly?<br />

(a) about 10 000 km/h<br />

(b) about 12 000 km/h<br />

(c) about 9000 km/h<br />

<strong>The</strong> main idea of Paragraph 1 is:<br />

(a) Mach 1 is about 1220 km/h.<br />

(b) sound and some aircraft can move fast through air.<br />

(c) sound moves through air.<br />

One plane company claims in 25 years it will have a hypersonic<br />

passenger plane. This:<br />

(a) is totally impossible.<br />

(b) will definitely happen.<br />

(c) is possible.<br />

<strong>The</strong> word part sonic means:<br />

(a) sound.<br />

(b) light.<br />

(c) fly.<br />

In Paragraph 3, the word them means:<br />

(a) supersonic planes.<br />

(b) the military.<br />

(c) hypersonic planes.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Draw and label a<br />

supersonic plane of<br />

your own design.<br />

H Imagine you are one of<br />

the first people to travel<br />

in a hypersonic plane.<br />

Write an email to your<br />

friend telling him or her<br />

what the flight was like.


Lemon 9<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

Forest secret<br />

I used to dread our visits to Nan’s place. It’s not that I don’t<br />

like Nan, it’s just that she lives in the middle of nowhere! It<br />

takes a few days to drive there and we usually stay about<br />

a week. <strong>The</strong>re are no shops, no cinemas and not even<br />

any proper roads. All my sister, Gabby, and I can do is<br />

read, argue or go for walks in the forest.<br />

One cool, foggy morning, that’s just what Gabby and I<br />

did—we went walking in the forest. Normally, we didn’t go<br />

too far. But that day we did. We kept walking until Gabby<br />

disappeared right in front of me! One minute she was in front<br />

of me and the next she was gone! I froze in fright.<br />

‘Gabby?’ I called. ‘Where are you? GABBY!’<br />

‘I’m down here’, came a faint voice. I quickly ran up to where<br />

she had been. I nearly fell down a black and dusty hole.<br />

‘Gabby? Are you OK?’ I asked, peering into the hole.<br />

‘I’m fine. <strong>The</strong>re’s something down here. Something big.’<br />

‘What kind of something?’ I asked. ‘A UFO? A dinosaur? A bomb?’<br />

‘Something metal. It’s huge. I’ll try and see what it is … Wow! I think it’s a<br />

plane’, she said. ‘A really old one. But it is still intact.’<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

As my eyes got used to the dark, I could see she was right. <strong>The</strong>re was a<br />

small, dark green plane, covered in dirt and dust. ‘<strong>The</strong>re’s a something<br />

painted on the side there ... it’s a big red circle with a white rim. Hey! I<br />

think it’s a Japanese warplane!’<br />

It turned out we were right. I helped Gabby out of the hole and we<br />

raced back to Nan’s. Nan rang the army, and the next day the place<br />

was full of soldiers and people from the museum.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Japanese fighter plane was very rare. People came from near and<br />

far to see it! Now there’s cafes and souvenir shops everywhere. Nan’s<br />

place isn’t quite so boring anymore!<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (119)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

8.<br />

Which word in Paragraph 1 means to not look forward to something?<br />

(a) argue (b) dread (c) stay<br />

In the middle of nowhere means:<br />

(a) a faraway place which is all by itself.<br />

(b) a place right in the middle of a country.<br />

(c) a town near a big forest.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer didn’t like Nan’s place because it was:<br />

(a) boring. (b) near a forest. (c) cold.<br />

Nan’s place was more interesting after the writer and Gabby:<br />

(a) had a fight.<br />

(b) found a warplane. (c) went walking.<br />

<strong>The</strong> writer and Gabby knew it was a Japanese plane<br />

because of the:<br />

(a) red and white circle. (b) writing. (c) shape.<br />

When Gabby fell down the hole,<br />

the writer felt:<br />

(a) excited.<br />

(b) right.<br />

(c) scared.<br />

What caused many people<br />

to visit the plane?<br />

(a) It was rare.<br />

(b) It was Japanese.<br />

(c) It was dusty.<br />

In Paragraph 10, the word<br />

we means:<br />

(a) the army and the writer.<br />

(b) Gabby and Nan.<br />

(c) the two children.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write how you think the<br />

plane might have got there.<br />

H Write what you would have<br />

done if you had found the<br />

plane.


Lemon 10<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

<strong>The</strong> loose-tooth fairy<br />

Austin was getting tired of his loose tooth<br />

wobbling around like an old person on<br />

inline skates. So he decided to pull it out.<br />

He asked his friends for help. Lucy<br />

said she had lost her last tooth eating<br />

a crunchy peanut butter sandwich.<br />

Austin thought that it sounded like a good<br />

idea. So he made and ate a peanut butter<br />

sandwich. He felt in his mouth. Wibble, wobble—the tooth was still there.<br />

He had another sandwich. And another. Nine sandwiches later, Austin<br />

still had a wobbly tooth, and a stomach-ache as well.<br />

‘Why don’t you try our vacuum cleaner?’ suggested Matt. ‘It can suck<br />

anything up. It said so on the box it came in.’<br />

So, later, at Matt’s house, Matt turned the vacuum cleaner on. Lucy held<br />

the nozzle and Austin closed his eyes. <strong>The</strong> vacuum sucked Austin’s lips<br />

halfway down the pipe. But not the tooth. It stayed right where it was.<br />

‘My dog, Fang, is really strong’, said Lucy. ‘Why don’t you tie some string<br />

to him and let him pull it out?’<br />

<strong>The</strong>y drew up a plan, collected string and rope, and put Fang into<br />

position. A rope harness was tied from Fang’s neck to Austin’s tooth.<br />

Austin stood on a skateboard as a stick was thrown for Fang to fetch.<br />

Over the lawn, onto the street and down the road they went.<br />

<strong>The</strong> horseless chariot ride ended when the rope broke. Fang<br />

ran off into the sunset with the stick and Austin ended up in<br />

a rubbish bin.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

‘It’s no good’, said Austin, tired and sore. He went<br />

home, ate his dinner and went to bed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> next morning, he woke up to find a shiny coin<br />

beside his pillow. He felt around his mouth with<br />

his tongue. <strong>The</strong> wobbly tooth was gone! Under<br />

the coin was a note. It said: ‘Next time, leave it to<br />

the expert. Signed, the loose-tooth fairy’.<br />

R.I.C. Publications ® <strong>Comprehension</strong> box 1 (120)<br />

Prim-Ed Publishing


Questions<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

3.<br />

4.<br />

5.<br />

6.<br />

7.<br />

A chariot in Paragraph 6 is a kind of transport usually pulled by:<br />

(a) dogs. (b) bulls. (c) horses.<br />

What did Matt suggest would help to get the tooth out?<br />

(a) sandwiches (b) a vacuum cleaner (c) Fang<br />

What is the main idea of this text?<br />

(a) Austin tries to pull his tooth out.<br />

(b) Lucy’s dog wasn’t strong enough to pull the tooth out.<br />

(c) <strong>The</strong> loose-tooth fairy is real.<br />

<strong>The</strong> vacuum cleaner and Fang were similar because they both:<br />

(a) worked well. (b) were strong. (c) were machines.<br />

Next time Austin has a wobbly tooth, he will probably:<br />

(a) leave it alone until it comes out.<br />

(b) try lots of different ways to get it out.<br />

(c) use two dogs instead of one.<br />

Paragraph 5 gives information about:<br />

(a) Fang’s strength.<br />

(b) Fang’s neck.<br />

(c) Fang’s teeth.<br />

What caused Fang to run?<br />

(a) He was told to fetch a stick.<br />

(b) He was strong.<br />

(c) He was helpful.<br />

©R.I.C. Publications<br />

Low Resolution Images<br />

Display Copy<br />

8.<br />

In Paragraph 2, it means:<br />

(a) eating a crunchy peanut<br />

butter sandwich.<br />

(b) Austin’s tooth.<br />

(c) Austin’s mouth.<br />

Something extra<br />

H Write another suggestion for<br />

pulling out a wobbly tooth.<br />

H Write the story from the<br />

loose-tooth fairy’s point of view.


Mauve 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

Wiley Wolf<br />